2012-03-02 Tom Tromey <tromey@redhat.com>
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "record.h"
68 #include "gdb_regex.h"
69 #include "ax-gdb.h"
70
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/readline.h"
73 #include "readline/history.h"
74
75 /* readline defines this. */
76 #undef savestring
77
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "python/python.h"
80
81 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
82
83 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
84
85 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
94 void *),
95 void *);
96
97 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
98
99 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
100
101 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
102
103 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
104 struct linespec_result *,
105 enum bptype, char *,
106 char **);
107
108 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
109 struct linespec_result *,
110 struct linespec_sals *,
111 char *, enum bptype,
112 enum bpdisp, int, int,
113 int,
114 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
115 int, int, int);
116
117 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
118 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
119
120 static void clear_command (char *, int);
121
122 static void catch_command (char *, int);
123
124 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
125
126 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
127
128 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
129
130 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
131 enum bptype,
132 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
133 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
134 const struct symtab_and_line *);
135
136 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
137 static. */
138 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
139 struct symtab_and_line,
140 enum bptype,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
142
143 static struct breakpoint *
144 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
145 enum bptype type,
146 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
147
148 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
149
150 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
151 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
152 enum bptype bptype);
153
154 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
155 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
156 struct obj_section *, int);
157
158 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
159 CORE_ADDR addr1,
160 struct address_space *aspace2,
161 CORE_ADDR addr2);
162
163 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
164 struct bp_location *loc2);
165
166 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
167 struct address_space *aspace,
168 CORE_ADDR addr);
169
170 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
171
172 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
173
174 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
175 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
176
177 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
178
179 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
180
181 static void commands_command (char *, int);
182
183 static void condition_command (char *, int);
184
185 typedef enum
186 {
187 mark_inserted,
188 mark_uninserted
189 }
190 insertion_state_t;
191
192 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
193 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
194
195 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
196
197 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
198
199 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
200
201 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
202
203 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
204
205 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
206 enum bptype type,
207 int *other_type_used);
208
209 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
210
211 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
212
213 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
214 int count);
215
216 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
217
218 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
219
220 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
223
224 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
225 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
226
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
230
231 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
232 CORE_ADDR pc);
233
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
237
238 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
239
240 static void update_global_location_list (int);
241
242 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
243
244 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
245
246 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
247
248 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
249
250 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
251
252 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
253
254 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
255
256 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
257
258 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
259
260 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
261
262 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
263
264 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
265 otherwise. */
266
267 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
268
269 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
270 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
271 char *cond_string,
272 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
273
274 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
275 from. */
276 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
277
278 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
279 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
280 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
282
283 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
285
286 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
288
289 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
290 breakpoints. */
291 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
292
293 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
294 breakpoints share a single command list. */
295 struct counted_command_line
296 {
297 /* The reference count. */
298 int refc;
299
300 /* The command list. */
301 struct command_line *commands;
302 };
303
304 struct command_line *
305 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
306 {
307 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
308 }
309
310 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
311 current breakpoint. */
312
313 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
314
315 const char *
316 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
317 {
318 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
319 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
320 a breakpoint. */
321 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
322
323 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
324 }
325
326 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
327 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
328 if such is available. */
329 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
330
331 static void
332 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
333 struct cmd_list_element *c,
334 const char *value)
335 {
336 fprintf_filtered (file,
337 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
338 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
339 value);
340 }
341
342 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
343 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
344 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
345 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
346 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
347 static void
348 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
349 struct cmd_list_element *c,
350 const char *value)
351 {
352 fprintf_filtered (file,
353 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
354 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
355 value);
356 }
357
358 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
359 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
360 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
361 use hardware breakpoints. */
362 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
363 static void
364 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
365 struct cmd_list_element *c,
366 const char *value)
367 {
368 fprintf_filtered (file,
369 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
370 value);
371 }
372
373 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
374 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
375 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
376 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
377 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
378
379 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
380 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
381 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
382 static const char *const always_inserted_enums[] = {
383 always_inserted_auto,
384 always_inserted_off,
385 always_inserted_on,
386 NULL
387 };
388 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
389 static void
390 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
391 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
392 {
393 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
394 fprintf_filtered (file,
395 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
396 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
397 value,
398 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
399 else
400 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
401 value);
402 }
403
404 int
405 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
406 {
407 return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
408 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
409 && !RECORD_IS_USED);
410 }
411
412 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
413
414 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
415 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
416 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
417 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
418 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
419 condition_evaluation_auto,
420 condition_evaluation_host,
421 condition_evaluation_target,
422 NULL
423 };
424
425 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
426 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
427
428 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
429 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
430 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
431
432 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
433 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
434 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
435 evaluation mode. */
436
437 static const char *
438 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
439 {
440 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
441 {
442 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
443 return condition_evaluation_target;
444 else
445 return condition_evaluation_host;
446 }
447 else
448 return mode;
449 }
450
451 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
452
453 static const char *
454 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
455 {
456 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
457 }
458
459 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
460 otherwise. */
461
462 static int
463 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
464 {
465 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
466
467 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
468 }
469
470 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
471
472 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
473 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
474
475 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
476 static int overlay_events_enabled;
477
478 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
479 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
480
481 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
482 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
483 current breakpoint. */
484
485 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
486
487 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
488 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
489 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
490 B = TMP)
491
492 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
493 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
494 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
495
496 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
497 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
498 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
499 BP_TMP++)
500
501 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
502 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
503 to where the loop should start from.
504 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
505 appropriate location to start with. */
506
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
508 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
509 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
510 BP_LOCP_START \
511 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
512 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
513 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
514
515 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
516
517 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
518 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
519 if (is_tracepoint (B))
520
521 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
522
523 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
524
525 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
526
527 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
528
529 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
530
531 static unsigned bp_location_count;
532
533 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
534 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
535 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
536 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
537 an address you need to read. */
538
539 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
540
541 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
542 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
543 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
544 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
545 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
546
547 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
548
549 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
550 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
551 by a target. */
552 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
553
554 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
555
556 static int breakpoint_count;
557
558 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
559 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
560 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
561 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
562 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
563
564 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
565
566 static int tracepoint_count;
567
568 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
569 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
570 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
571
572 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
573 static int
574 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
575 {
576 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
577 }
578
579 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
580
581 static void
582 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
583 {
584 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
585 breakpoint_count = num;
586 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
587 }
588
589 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
590 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
591 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
592
593 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
594 breakpoint made. */
595
596 void
597 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
598 {
599 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
600 }
601
602 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
603 breakpoint made. */
604
605 void
606 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
607 {
608 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
609 }
610
611 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
612
613 void
614 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
615 {
616 struct breakpoint *b;
617
618 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
619 b->hit_count = 0;
620 }
621
622 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
623 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
624
625 static struct counted_command_line *
626 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
627 {
628 struct counted_command_line *result
629 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
630
631 result->refc = 1;
632 result->commands = commands;
633 return result;
634 }
635
636 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
637
638 static void
639 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
640 {
641 if (cmd)
642 ++cmd->refc;
643 }
644
645 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
646 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
647 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
648
649 static void
650 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
651 {
652 if (*cmdp)
653 {
654 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
655 {
656 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
657 xfree (*cmdp);
658 }
659 *cmdp = NULL;
660 }
661 }
662
663 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
664
665 static void
666 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
667 {
668 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
669 }
670
671 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
672 argument. */
673
674 static struct cleanup *
675 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
676 {
677 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
678 }
679
680 \f
681 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
682 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
683
684 struct breakpoint *
685 get_breakpoint (int num)
686 {
687 struct breakpoint *b;
688
689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
690 if (b->number == num)
691 return b;
692
693 return NULL;
694 }
695
696 \f
697
698 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
699 evaluating conditions on its side. */
700
701 static void
702 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
703 {
704 struct bp_location *loc;
705
706 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
707 evaluating conditions and if the user has
708 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
709 side. */
710 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
711 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
712 return;
713
714 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
715 return;
716
717 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
718 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
719 }
720
721 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
722 evaluating conditions on its side. */
723
724 static void
725 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
726 {
727 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
728 evaluating conditions and if the user has
729 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
730 side. */
731 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
732 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
733
734 return;
735
736 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
737 return;
738
739 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
740 }
741
742 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
743 condition_evaluation_mode. */
744
745 static void
746 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
747 struct cmd_list_element *c)
748 {
749 struct breakpoint *b;
750 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
751
752 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
753 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
754 {
755 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
756 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
757 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
758 return;
759 }
760
761 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
762 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
763
764 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
765 if (new_mode != old_mode)
766 {
767 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
768 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
769 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
770
771 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
772 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
773 */
774
775 /* Flip the switch. */
776 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
777
778 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
779 {
780 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
781 target. */
782 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
783 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
784 }
785 else
786 {
787 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
788 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
789 target knows about. */
790 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
791 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
792 loc->needs_update = 1;
793 }
794
795 /* Do the update. */
796 update_global_location_list (1);
797 }
798
799 return;
800 }
801
802 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
803 what "auto" is translating to. */
804
805 static void
806 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
807 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
808 {
809 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
810 fprintf_filtered (file,
811 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
812 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
813 value,
814 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
815 else
816 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
817 value);
818 }
819
820 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
821 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
822 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
823
824 static int
825 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
826 {
827 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
828 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
829
830 if (a->address == b->address)
831 return 0;
832 else
833 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
834 }
835
836 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
837 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
838 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
839 return NULL. */
840
841 static struct bp_location **
842 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
843 {
844 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
845 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
846 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
847
848 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
849 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
850 dummy_loc.address = address;
851
852 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
853 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
854 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
855 bp_location_compare_addrs);
856
857 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
858 if (locp_found == NULL)
859 return NULL;
860
861 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
862 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
863 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
864 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
865 locp_found--;
866
867 return locp_found;
868 }
869
870 void
871 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
872 int from_tty)
873 {
874 xfree (b->cond_string);
875 b->cond_string = NULL;
876
877 if (is_watchpoint (b))
878 {
879 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
880
881 xfree (w->cond_exp);
882 w->cond_exp = NULL;
883 }
884 else
885 {
886 struct bp_location *loc;
887
888 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
889 {
890 xfree (loc->cond);
891 loc->cond = NULL;
892
893 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
894 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
895 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
896 }
897 }
898
899 if (*exp == 0)
900 {
901 if (from_tty)
902 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
903 }
904 else
905 {
906 char *arg = exp;
907
908 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
909 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
910 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
911 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
912
913 if (is_watchpoint (b))
914 {
915 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
916
917 innermost_block = NULL;
918 arg = exp;
919 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
920 if (*arg)
921 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
922 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
923 }
924 else
925 {
926 struct bp_location *loc;
927
928 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
929 {
930 arg = exp;
931 loc->cond =
932 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
933 if (*arg)
934 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
935 }
936 }
937 }
938 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
939
940 breakpoints_changed ();
941 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
942 }
943
944 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
945
946 static void
947 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
948 {
949 struct breakpoint *b;
950 char *p;
951 int bnum;
952
953 if (arg == 0)
954 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
955
956 p = arg;
957 bnum = get_number (&p);
958 if (bnum == 0)
959 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
960
961 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
962 if (b->number == bnum)
963 {
964 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
965 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
966 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
967 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
968 if (b->py_bp_object
969 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
970 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
971 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
972 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
973
974 if (is_breakpoint (b))
975 update_global_location_list (1);
976
977 return;
978 }
979
980 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
981 }
982
983 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
984 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
985 Throw if any such commands is found. */
986
987 static void
988 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
989 {
990 struct command_line *c;
991
992 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
993 {
994 int i;
995
996 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
997 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
998 "only be used for tracepoints"));
999
1000 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1001 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1002
1003 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1004 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1005 command directly. */
1006 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1007 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1008
1009 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1010 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1011 }
1012 }
1013
1014 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1015
1016 static int
1017 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1018 {
1019 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1020 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1021 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1022 }
1023
1024 int
1025 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1026 {
1027 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1028 }
1029
1030 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1031 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1032 found. */
1033
1034 static void
1035 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1036 struct command_line *commands)
1037 {
1038 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1039 {
1040 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1041 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1042 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1043 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1044 struct command_line *c;
1045 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1046 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1047 {
1048 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1049 {
1050 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1051 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1052 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1053 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1054 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1055 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1056
1057 if (while_stepping)
1058 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1059 "can be used only once"));
1060 else
1061 while_stepping = c;
1062 }
1063 }
1064 if (while_stepping)
1065 {
1066 struct command_line *c2;
1067
1068 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1069 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1070 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1071 {
1072 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1073 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1074 }
1075 }
1076 }
1077 else
1078 {
1079 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1080 }
1081 }
1082
1083 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1084 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1085
1086 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1087 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1088 {
1089 struct breakpoint *b;
1090 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1091 struct bp_location *loc;
1092
1093 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1094 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1095 {
1096 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1097 if (loc->address == addr)
1098 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1099 }
1100
1101 return found;
1102 }
1103
1104 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1105 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1106
1107 void
1108 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1109 struct command_line *commands)
1110 {
1111 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1112
1113 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1114 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1115 breakpoints_changed ();
1116 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1117 }
1118
1119 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1120 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1121 commands. */
1122
1123 void
1124 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1125 {
1126 int old_silent = b->silent;
1127
1128 b->silent = silent;
1129 if (old_silent != silent)
1130 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1131 }
1132
1133 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1134 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1135
1136 void
1137 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1138 {
1139 int old_thread = b->thread;
1140
1141 b->thread = thread;
1142 if (old_thread != thread)
1143 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1144 }
1145
1146 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1147 breakpoint work for any task. */
1148
1149 void
1150 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1151 {
1152 int old_task = b->task;
1153
1154 b->task = task;
1155 if (old_task != task)
1156 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1157 }
1158
1159 void
1160 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1161 {
1162 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1163
1164 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1165 }
1166
1167 /* A structure used to pass information through
1168 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1169
1170 struct commands_info
1171 {
1172 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1173 int from_tty;
1174
1175 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1176 char *arg;
1177
1178 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1179 already-parsed command. */
1180 struct command_line *control;
1181
1182 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1183 yet been read. */
1184 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1185 };
1186
1187 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1188 commands_command. */
1189
1190 static void
1191 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1192 {
1193 struct commands_info *info = data;
1194
1195 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1196 {
1197 struct command_line *l;
1198
1199 if (info->control != NULL)
1200 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1201 else
1202 {
1203 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1204 char *str;
1205
1206 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1207 "%s, one per line."),
1208 info->arg);
1209
1210 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1211
1212 l = read_command_lines (str,
1213 info->from_tty, 1,
1214 (is_tracepoint (b)
1215 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1216 b);
1217
1218 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1219 }
1220
1221 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1222 }
1223
1224 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1225 do anything. */
1226 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1227 {
1228 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1229 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1230 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1231 b->commands = info->cmd;
1232 breakpoints_changed ();
1233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1234 }
1235 }
1236
1237 static void
1238 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1239 struct command_line *control)
1240 {
1241 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1242 struct commands_info info;
1243
1244 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1245 info.control = control;
1246 info.cmd = NULL;
1247 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1248 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1249 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1250
1251 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1252 {
1253 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1254 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1255 breakpoint_count);
1256 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1257 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1258 else
1259 {
1260 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1261 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1262 numbers will fail in this case. */
1263 arg = NULL;
1264 }
1265 }
1266 else
1267 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1268 our argument. */
1269 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1270
1271 if (arg != NULL)
1272 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1273
1274 info.arg = arg;
1275
1276 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1277
1278 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1279 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1280
1281 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1282 }
1283
1284 static void
1285 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1286 {
1287 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1288 }
1289
1290 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1291 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1292
1293 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1294 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1295 enum command_control_type
1296 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1297 {
1298 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1299 return simple_control;
1300 }
1301
1302 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1303
1304 static int
1305 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1306 {
1307 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1308 return 0;
1309 if (!bl->inserted)
1310 return 0;
1311 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1312 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1313 return 0;
1314 return 1;
1315 }
1316
1317 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1318 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1319
1320 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1321 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1322 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1323 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1324 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1325 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1326 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1327 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1328 and:
1329 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1330
1331 void
1332 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1333 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1334 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1335 {
1336 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1337 search. */
1338 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1339
1340 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1341 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1342 report higher one. */
1343
1344 bc_l = 0;
1345 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1346 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1347 {
1348 struct bp_location *bl;
1349
1350 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1351 bl = bp_location[bc];
1352
1353 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1354 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1355 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1356 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1357
1358 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1359 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1360 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1361
1362 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1363 >= bl->address)
1364 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1365 <= memaddr))
1366 bc_l = bc;
1367 else
1368 bc_r = bc;
1369 }
1370
1371 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1372 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1373 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1374 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1375 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1376 B:
1377
1378 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1379
1380 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1381 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1382 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1383 and L2. */
1384 while (bc_l > 0
1385 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1386 bc_l--;
1387
1388 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1389
1390 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1391 {
1392 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1393 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1394 int bp_size = 0;
1395 int bptoffset = 0;
1396
1397 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1398 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1399 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1400 bl->owner->number);
1401
1402 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1403 content. */
1404
1405 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1406 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1407 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1408 break;
1409
1410 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1411 continue;
1412 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1413 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1414 continue;
1415
1416 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1417 we need to copy. */
1418 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1419 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1420
1421 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1422 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1423 are reading. */
1424 continue;
1425
1426 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1427 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1428 reading. */
1429 continue;
1430
1431 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1432 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1433 {
1434 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1435 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1436 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1437 bp_addr = memaddr;
1438 }
1439
1440 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1441 {
1442 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1443 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1444 }
1445
1446 if (readbuf != NULL)
1447 {
1448 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1449 shadow. */
1450 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1451 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1452 }
1453 else
1454 {
1455 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1456 const unsigned char *bp;
1457 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1458 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1459
1460 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1461 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1462 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1463
1464 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1465 address. */
1466 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1467
1468 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1469 breakpoint's INSN. */
1470 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1471 }
1472 }
1473 }
1474 \f
1475
1476 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1477 breakpoint. */
1478
1479 int
1480 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1481 {
1482 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1483 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
1484 }
1485
1486 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1487
1488 static int
1489 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1490 {
1491 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1492 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1493 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1494 }
1495
1496 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1497 software. */
1498
1499 int
1500 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1501 {
1502 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1503 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1504 }
1505
1506 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1507 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1508 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1509 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1510 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1511 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1512 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1513 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1514
1515 static int
1516 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1517 {
1518 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1519 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1520 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1521 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1522 }
1523
1524 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1525 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1526
1527 static void
1528 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1529 {
1530 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1531
1532 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1533 {
1534 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1535 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1536 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1537 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1538 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1539 }
1540 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1541 }
1542
1543 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1544 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1545 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1546 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1547 in b->loc->cond.
1548 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1549
1550 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1551 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1552 it.
1553
1554 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1555 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1556 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1557 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1558 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1559 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1560 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1561 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1562
1563 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1564 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1565 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1566 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1567 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1568 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1569 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1570 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1571 not changed.
1572
1573 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1574 hardware watchpoints:
1575
1576 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1577 called several times when GDB stops.
1578
1579 [linux]
1580 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1581 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1582 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1583 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1584 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1585 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1586 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1587 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1588 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1589 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1590 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1591
1592 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1593 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1594
1595 static void
1596 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1597 {
1598 int within_current_scope;
1599 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1600 int frame_saved;
1601
1602 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1603 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1604 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1605 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1606 return;
1607
1608 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1609 return;
1610
1611 frame_saved = 0;
1612
1613 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1614 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1615 within_current_scope = 1;
1616 else
1617 {
1618 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1619 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1620 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1621
1622 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1623 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1624 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1625 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1626 return;
1627
1628 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1629 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1630 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1631 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1632 selected frame. */
1633 frame_saved = 1;
1634 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1635
1636 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1637 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1638 if (within_current_scope)
1639 select_frame (fi);
1640 }
1641
1642 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1643 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1644 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1645 b->base.loc = NULL;
1646
1647 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1648 {
1649 char *s;
1650
1651 if (b->exp)
1652 {
1653 xfree (b->exp);
1654 b->exp = NULL;
1655 }
1656 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1657 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1658 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1659 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1660 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1661 be completely different objects. */
1662 value_free (b->val);
1663 b->val = NULL;
1664 b->val_valid = 0;
1665
1666 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1667 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1668 locations (re)created below. */
1669 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1670 {
1671 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1672 {
1673 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1674 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1675 }
1676
1677 s = b->base.cond_string;
1678 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1679 }
1680 }
1681
1682 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1683 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1684 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1685 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1686 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1687 if ( !target_has_execution)
1688 {
1689 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1690 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1691 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1692 }
1693 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1694 {
1695 int pc = 0;
1696 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1697 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1698
1699 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1700
1701 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1702 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1703 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1704 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1705 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1706 watchpoints. */
1707 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1708 {
1709 b->val = v;
1710 b->val_valid = 1;
1711 }
1712
1713 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1714
1715 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1716 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1717 {
1718 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1719 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1720 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1721 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1722 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1723 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1724 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1725 {
1726 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1727
1728 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1729 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1730 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1731 if (v == result
1732 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1733 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1734 {
1735 CORE_ADDR addr;
1736 int len, type;
1737 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1738
1739 addr = value_address (v);
1740 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1741 type = hw_write;
1742 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1743 type = hw_read;
1744 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1745 type = hw_access;
1746
1747 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1748 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1749 ;
1750 *tmp = loc;
1751 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1752
1753 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1754 loc->address = addr;
1755 loc->length = len;
1756 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1757 }
1758 }
1759 }
1760
1761 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1762 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1763 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1764 is started. */
1765 if (reparse)
1766 {
1767 int reg_cnt;
1768 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1769 struct bp_location *bl;
1770
1771 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1772
1773 if (reg_cnt)
1774 {
1775 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1776 enum bptype type;
1777
1778 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1779 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1780 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1781
1782 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1783 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1784 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1785 this watchpoint in as well. */
1786
1787 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1788 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1789 hardware watchpoint type. */
1790 type = b->base.type;
1791 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1792 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1793
1794 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1795 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1796 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1797 through watch_command), so always account for it
1798 manually. */
1799
1800 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1801 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1802
1803 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1804 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1805
1806 target_resources_ok
1807 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1808 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1809 {
1810 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1811
1812 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1813 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1814 "hardware watchpoint."));
1815 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1816 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1817 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1818
1819 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1820 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1821 }
1822 else
1823 {
1824 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1825 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1826 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1827 nop. */
1828 b->base.type = type;
1829 }
1830 }
1831 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1832 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1833 "read/access watchpoint."));
1834 else
1835 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1836
1837 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1838 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1839 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1840 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1841 }
1842
1843 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1844 {
1845 next = value_next (v);
1846 if (v != b->val)
1847 value_free (v);
1848 }
1849
1850 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1851 above left it without any location set up. But,
1852 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1853 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1854 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1855 {
1856 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1857 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1858 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1859 base->loc->address = -1;
1860 base->loc->length = -1;
1861 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1862 }
1863 }
1864 else if (!within_current_scope)
1865 {
1866 printf_filtered (_("\
1867 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1868 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1869 b->base.number);
1870 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1871 }
1872
1873 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1874 if (frame_saved)
1875 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1876 }
1877
1878
1879 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1880 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1881 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1882 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1883 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1884 static int
1885 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1886 {
1887 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1888 return 0;
1889
1890 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1891 return 0;
1892
1893 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1894 return 0;
1895
1896 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1897 return 0;
1898
1899 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1900 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1901 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1902 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1903 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1904 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1905 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1906 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1907 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1908 return 0;
1909
1910 return 1;
1911 }
1912
1913 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1914 that the location is not duplicated. */
1915
1916 static int
1917 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1918 {
1919 int result;
1920 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1921
1922 bl->duplicate = 0;
1923 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1924 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1925 return result;
1926 }
1927
1928 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
1929 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
1930 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
1931 any error during parsing. */
1932
1933 static struct agent_expr *
1934 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
1935 {
1936 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
1937 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
1938 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
1939
1940 if (!cond)
1941 return NULL;
1942
1943 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
1944 that may show up. */
1945 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
1946 {
1947 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
1948 }
1949
1950 if (ex.reason < 0)
1951 {
1952 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
1953 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
1954 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
1955 return NULL;
1956 }
1957
1958 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
1959 return aexpr;
1960 }
1961
1962 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
1963 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
1964 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
1965 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
1966 one of them is true. */
1967
1968 static void
1969 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
1970 {
1971 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
1972 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
1973 int modified = bl->needs_update;
1974 struct bp_location *loc;
1975
1976 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
1977 evaluating conditions and if the user has
1978 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
1979 side. */
1980 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
1981 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
1982 return;
1983
1984 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
1985 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
1986 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
1987 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
1988 response back to GDB. */
1989 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
1990 {
1991 loc = (*loc2p);
1992 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
1993 {
1994 if (modified)
1995 {
1996 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
1997
1998 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
1999 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2000 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2001 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2002 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2003 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2004
2005 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2006 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2007 to the target. */
2008 if (aexpr)
2009 continue;
2010 }
2011
2012 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2013 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2014 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2015 {
2016 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2017 break;
2018 }
2019 }
2020 }
2021
2022 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2023 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2024 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2025
2026 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2027 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2028 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2029 {
2030 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2031 {
2032 loc = (*loc2p);
2033 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2034 {
2035 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2036 located. */
2037 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2038 return;
2039
2040 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2041 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2042 }
2043 }
2044 }
2045
2046 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2047 for this location's address. */
2048 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2049 {
2050 loc = (*loc2p);
2051 if (loc->cond
2052 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2053 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2054 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2055 && loc->enabled)
2056 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2057 conditions to the target. */
2058 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2059 loc->cond_bytecode);
2060 }
2061
2062 return;
2063 }
2064
2065 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2066 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2067 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2068 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2069 -1 for failure.
2070
2071 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2072 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2073 static int
2074 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2075 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2076 int *disabled_breaks,
2077 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
2078 {
2079 int val = 0;
2080
2081 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2082 return 0;
2083
2084 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
2085 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
2086 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2087 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2088 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2089
2090 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2091 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2092 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2093 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2094
2095 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2096 {
2097 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2098 /* Reset the condition modification marker. */
2099 bl->needs_update = 0;
2100 }
2101
2102 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2103 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2104 {
2105 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2106 {
2107 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2108 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2109 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2110
2111 Two important cases are:
2112 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2113 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2114 hardware breakpoint.
2115 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2116 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2117 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2118 so we undo.
2119
2120 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2121 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2122 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2123 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2124 gdb. */
2125 struct mem_region *mr
2126 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2127
2128 if (mr)
2129 {
2130 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2131 {
2132 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2133
2134 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2135 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2136 else
2137 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2138
2139 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2140 {
2141 static int said = 0;
2142
2143 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2144 if (!said)
2145 {
2146 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2147 _("Note: automatically using "
2148 "hardware breakpoints for "
2149 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2150 said = 1;
2151 }
2152 }
2153 }
2154 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2155 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2156 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2157 "at readonly address %s"),
2158 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2159 }
2160 }
2161
2162 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2163 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2164 || bl->section == NULL
2165 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2166 {
2167 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2168
2169 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2170 }
2171 else
2172 {
2173 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2174 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2175 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2176 {
2177 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2178 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2179 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2180 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2181 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2182 bl->owner->number);
2183 else
2184 {
2185 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2186 bl->section);
2187 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2188 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2189 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2190 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2191 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2192 if (val != 0)
2193 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2194 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2195 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2196 bl->owner->number);
2197 }
2198 }
2199 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2200 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2201 {
2202 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2203 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2204 }
2205 else
2206 {
2207 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2208 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2209 return 0;
2210 }
2211 }
2212
2213 if (val)
2214 {
2215 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2216 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2217 {
2218 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2219 val = 0;
2220 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2221 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2222 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2223 {
2224 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2225 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2226 bl->owner->number);
2227 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2228 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2229 "library breakpoints:\n");
2230 }
2231 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2232 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2233 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2234 }
2235 else
2236 {
2237 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2238 {
2239 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2240 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2241 "Cannot insert hardware "
2242 "breakpoint %d.\n",
2243 bl->owner->number);
2244 }
2245 else
2246 {
2247 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2248 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2249 bl->owner->number);
2250 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2251 "Error accessing memory address ");
2252 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2253 tmp_error_stream);
2254 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2255 safe_strerror (val));
2256 }
2257
2258 }
2259 }
2260 else
2261 bl->inserted = 1;
2262
2263 return val;
2264 }
2265
2266 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2267 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2268 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2269 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2270 {
2271 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2272 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2273
2274 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2275
2276 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2277 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2278 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2279 {
2280 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2281
2282 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2283 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2284 of this one. */
2285 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2286 if (loc != bl
2287 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2288 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2289 {
2290 bl->duplicate = 1;
2291 bl->inserted = 1;
2292 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2293 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2294 val = 0;
2295 break;
2296 }
2297
2298 if (val == 1)
2299 {
2300 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2301 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2302
2303 if (val)
2304 /* Back to the original value. */
2305 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2306 }
2307 }
2308
2309 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2310 }
2311
2312 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2313 {
2314 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2315 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2316
2317 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2318 if (val)
2319 {
2320 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2321
2322 if (val == 1)
2323 warning (_("\
2324 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2325 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2326 else
2327 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2328 }
2329
2330 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2331
2332 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2333 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2334 so just return success. */
2335 return 0;
2336 }
2337
2338 return 0;
2339 }
2340
2341 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2342 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2343 PSPACE anymore. */
2344
2345 void
2346 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2347 {
2348 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2349 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2350
2351 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2352 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2353 {
2354 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2355 delete_breakpoint (b);
2356 }
2357
2358 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2359 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2360 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2361 {
2362 struct bp_location *tmp;
2363
2364 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2365 {
2366 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2367 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2368 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2369 else
2370 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2371 if (tmp->next == loc)
2372 {
2373 tmp->next = loc->next;
2374 break;
2375 }
2376 }
2377 }
2378
2379 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2380 removed locations above. */
2381 update_global_location_list (0);
2382 }
2383
2384 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2385 Throws exception on any error.
2386 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2387 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2388 void
2389 insert_breakpoints (void)
2390 {
2391 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2392
2393 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2394 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2395 {
2396 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2397
2398 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2399 }
2400
2401 update_global_location_list (1);
2402
2403 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2404 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2405 now. */
2406 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2407 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2408 }
2409
2410 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2411 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2412 always-inserted mode. */
2413
2414 static void
2415 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2416 {
2417 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2418 int error_flag = 0;
2419 int val = 0;
2420 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2421 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2422
2423 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2424 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2425
2426 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2427 there was an error. */
2428 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2429
2430 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2431
2432 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2433 {
2434 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2435 breakpoints. */
2436 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2437 continue;
2438
2439 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2440 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2441 deletion of breakpoints. */
2442 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2443 continue;
2444
2445 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2446
2447 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2448 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2449 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2450 insert breakpoints. */
2451 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2452 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2453 continue;
2454
2455 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2456 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2457 if (val)
2458 error_flag = val;
2459 }
2460
2461 if (error_flag)
2462 {
2463 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2464 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2465 }
2466
2467 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2468 }
2469
2470 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2471
2472 static void
2473 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2474 {
2475 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2476 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2477 int error_flag = 0;
2478 int val = 0;
2479 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2480 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2481
2482 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2483 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2484
2485 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2486 there was an error. */
2487 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2488
2489 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2490
2491 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2492 {
2493 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2494 continue;
2495
2496 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2497 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2498 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2499 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2500 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2501 continue;
2502
2503 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2504
2505 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2506 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2507 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2508 insert breakpoints. */
2509 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2510 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2511 continue;
2512
2513 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2514 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2515 if (val)
2516 error_flag = val;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2520 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2521 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2522 {
2523 int some_failed = 0;
2524 struct bp_location *loc;
2525
2526 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2527 continue;
2528
2529 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2530 continue;
2531
2532 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2533 continue;
2534
2535 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2536 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2537 {
2538 some_failed = 1;
2539 break;
2540 }
2541 if (some_failed)
2542 {
2543 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2544 if (loc->inserted)
2545 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2546
2547 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2548 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2549 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2550 bpt->number);
2551 error_flag = -1;
2552 }
2553 }
2554
2555 if (error_flag)
2556 {
2557 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2558 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2559 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2560 {
2561 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2562 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2563 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2564 }
2565 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2566 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2567 }
2568
2569 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2570 }
2571
2572 /* Used when the program stops.
2573 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2574 removing a breakpoint location. */
2575
2576 int
2577 remove_breakpoints (void)
2578 {
2579 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2580 int val = 0;
2581
2582 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2583 {
2584 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2585 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2586 }
2587 return val;
2588 }
2589
2590 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2591
2592 int
2593 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2594 {
2595 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2596 int val;
2597 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2598
2599 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2600 {
2601 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2602 continue;
2603
2604 if (bl->inserted)
2605 {
2606 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2607 if (val != 0)
2608 return val;
2609 }
2610 }
2611 return 0;
2612 }
2613
2614 int
2615 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2616 {
2617 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2618 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2619 int val;
2620 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2621 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2622 struct inferior *inf;
2623 struct thread_info *tp;
2624
2625 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2626 if (tp == NULL)
2627 return 1;
2628
2629 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2630 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2631
2632 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2633
2634 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2635 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2636
2637 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2638 {
2639 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2640 continue;
2641
2642 if (bl->inserted)
2643 {
2644 bl->inserted = 0;
2645 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2646 if (val != 0)
2647 {
2648 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2649 return val;
2650 }
2651 }
2652 }
2653 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2654 return 0;
2655 }
2656
2657 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2658
2659 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2660 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2661 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2662 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2663 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2664 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2665 static void
2666 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2667 {
2668 if (internal)
2669 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2670 else
2671 {
2672 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2673 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2674 }
2675 }
2676
2677 static struct breakpoint *
2678 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2679 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2680 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2681 {
2682 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2683 struct breakpoint *b;
2684
2685 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2686
2687 sal.pc = address;
2688 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2689 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2690
2691 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2692 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2693 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2694
2695 return b;
2696 }
2697
2698 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2699 {
2700 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2701 };
2702 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2703
2704 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2705 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2706 {
2707 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2708 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2709
2710 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2711 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2712
2713 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2714 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2715
2716 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2717 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2718 };
2719
2720 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2721
2722 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2723 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2724
2725 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2726
2727 static int
2728 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2729 {
2730 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2731 }
2732
2733 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2734 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2735
2736 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2737 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2738 {
2739 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2740
2741 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2742 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2743 {
2744 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2745 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2746
2747 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2748 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2749 }
2750 return bp_objfile_data;
2751 }
2752
2753 static void
2754 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2755 {
2756 struct objfile *objfile;
2757 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2758
2759 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2760 {
2761 struct breakpoint *b;
2762 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2763 CORE_ADDR addr;
2764
2765 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2766
2767 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2768 continue;
2769
2770 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2771 {
2772 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2773
2774 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2775 if (m == NULL)
2776 {
2777 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2778 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2779 continue;
2780 }
2781 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2782 }
2783
2784 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2785 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2786 bp_overlay_event,
2787 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2788 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2789
2790 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2791 {
2792 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2793 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2794 }
2795 else
2796 {
2797 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2798 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2799 }
2800 }
2801 update_global_location_list (1);
2802 }
2803
2804 static void
2805 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2806 {
2807 struct program_space *pspace;
2808 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2809
2810 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2811
2812 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2813 {
2814 struct objfile *objfile;
2815
2816 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2817
2818 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2819 {
2820 int i;
2821 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2822 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2823
2824 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2825 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2826 continue;
2827
2828 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2829
2830 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2831 {
2832 struct breakpoint *b;
2833 const char *func_name;
2834 CORE_ADDR addr;
2835
2836 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2837 continue;
2838
2839 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2840 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2841 {
2842 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2843
2844 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2845 if (m == NULL)
2846 {
2847 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2848 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2849 continue;
2850 }
2851 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2852 }
2853
2854 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2855 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2856 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2857 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2858 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2859 }
2860 }
2861 }
2862 update_global_location_list (1);
2863
2864 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2865 }
2866
2867 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2868 static void
2869 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2870 {
2871 struct program_space *pspace;
2872 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2873 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2874
2875 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2876
2877 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2878 {
2879 struct objfile *objfile;
2880 CORE_ADDR addr;
2881
2882 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2883
2884 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2885 {
2886 struct breakpoint *b;
2887 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2888
2889 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2890
2891 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2892 continue;
2893
2894 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2895 {
2896 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2897
2898 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2899 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2900 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2901 {
2902 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2903 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2904 continue;
2905 }
2906 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2907 }
2908
2909 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2910 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2911 bp_std_terminate_master,
2912 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2913 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2914 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2915 }
2916 }
2917
2918 update_global_location_list (1);
2919
2920 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2921 }
2922
2923 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2924
2925 static void
2926 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2927 {
2928 struct objfile *objfile;
2929 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2930
2931 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2932 {
2933 struct breakpoint *b;
2934 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2935 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2936 CORE_ADDR addr;
2937
2938 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2939
2940 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2941 continue;
2942
2943 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2944
2945 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2946 {
2947 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2948
2949 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2950 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2951 {
2952 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2953 continue;
2954 }
2955
2956 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2957 }
2958
2959 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2960 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2961 &current_target);
2962 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2963 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2964 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2965 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2966 }
2967
2968 update_global_location_list (1);
2969 }
2970
2971 void
2972 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2973 {
2974 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2975 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2976
2977 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2978 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2979 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2980 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2981 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2982 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2983 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2984 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2986 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2987 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2988
2989 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2990 {
2991 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2992 continue;
2993
2994 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2995 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2996 {
2997 delete_breakpoint (b);
2998 continue;
2999 }
3000
3001 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3002 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3003 {
3004 delete_breakpoint (b);
3005 continue;
3006 }
3007
3008 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3009 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3010 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3011 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3012 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3013 {
3014 delete_breakpoint (b);
3015 continue;
3016 }
3017
3018 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3019 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3020 {
3021 delete_breakpoint (b);
3022 continue;
3023 }
3024
3025 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3026 after an exec. */
3027 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3028 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3029 {
3030 delete_breakpoint (b);
3031 continue;
3032 }
3033
3034 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3035 {
3036 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3037 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3038 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3039 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3040 continue;
3041 }
3042
3043 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3044 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3045 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3046 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3047 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3048 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3049
3050 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3051 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3052 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3053 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3054 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3055 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3056 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3057
3058 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3059 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3060 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3061 let finish_command delete it.
3062
3063 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3064 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3065 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3066 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3067 solib breakpoints.) */
3068
3069 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3070 {
3071 continue;
3072 }
3073
3074 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3075 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3076 a.out. */
3077 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3078 {
3079 delete_breakpoint (b);
3080 continue;
3081 }
3082 }
3083 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3084 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3085 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3086 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3087 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3088 }
3089
3090 int
3091 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
3092 {
3093 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3094 int val = 0;
3095 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3096 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3097
3098 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3099 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3100
3101 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3102 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
3103 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3104 {
3105 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3106 continue;
3107
3108 if (bl->inserted)
3109 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3110 }
3111
3112 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3113 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3114
3115 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3116 return val;
3117 }
3118
3119 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3120 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3121 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3122 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3123 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3124
3125 static int
3126 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3127 {
3128 int val;
3129
3130 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3131 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3132
3133 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3134 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3135 return 0;
3136
3137 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3138 This should not ever happen. */
3139 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3140
3141 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3142 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3143 {
3144 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3145 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3146 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3147
3148 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3149 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3150 || bl->section == NULL
3151 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3152 {
3153 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3154 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3155 }
3156 else
3157 {
3158 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3159 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3160 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3161 {
3162 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3163 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3164 */
3165 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3166 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3167 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3168 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3169 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3170 else
3171 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3172 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3173 }
3174 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3175 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3176 if (bl->inserted)
3177 {
3178 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3179 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3180 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3181 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3182
3183 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3184 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3185 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3186 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3187 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3188 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3189 else
3190 val = 0;
3191 }
3192 else
3193 {
3194 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3195 val = 0;
3196 }
3197 }
3198
3199 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3200 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3201 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3202 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3203 val = 0;
3204
3205 if (val)
3206 return val;
3207 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3208 }
3209 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3210 {
3211 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3212 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3213
3214 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3215 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3216
3217 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3218 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3219 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3220 bl->owner->number);
3221 }
3222 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3223 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3224 && !bl->duplicate)
3225 {
3226 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3227 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3228
3229 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3230 if (val)
3231 return val;
3232
3233 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3234 }
3235
3236 return 0;
3237 }
3238
3239 static int
3240 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3241 {
3242 int ret;
3243 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3244
3245 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3246 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3247
3248 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3249 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3250 return 0;
3251
3252 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3253 This should not ever happen. */
3254 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3255
3256 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3257
3258 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3259
3260 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3261
3262 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3263 return ret;
3264 }
3265
3266 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3267
3268 void
3269 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3270 {
3271 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3272
3273 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3274 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3275 bl->inserted = 0;
3276 }
3277
3278 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3279 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3280
3281 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3282 between runs.
3283
3284 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3285 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3286 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3287
3288
3289
3290 void
3291 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3292 {
3293 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3294 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3295 int ix;
3296 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3297
3298 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3299 nothing to do. */
3300 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
3301 return;
3302
3303 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3304 {
3305 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3306 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3307 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3308 bl->inserted = 0;
3309 }
3310
3311 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3312 {
3313 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3314 continue;
3315
3316 switch (b->type)
3317 {
3318 case bp_call_dummy:
3319
3320 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3321 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3322 rid of it. */
3323
3324 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3325
3326 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3327
3328 case bp_shlib_event:
3329
3330 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3331 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3332 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3333 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3334 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3335
3336 (gdb) file prog-linux
3337 (gdb) run # native linux target
3338 ...
3339 (gdb) kill
3340 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3341 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3342 */
3343
3344 case bp_step_resume:
3345
3346 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3347
3348 delete_breakpoint (b);
3349 break;
3350
3351 case bp_watchpoint:
3352 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3353 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3354 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3355 {
3356 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3357
3358 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3359 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3360 delete_breakpoint (b);
3361 else if (context == inf_starting)
3362 {
3363 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3364 insert_breakpoints. */
3365 if (w->val)
3366 value_free (w->val);
3367 w->val = NULL;
3368 w->val_valid = 0;
3369 }
3370 }
3371 break;
3372 default:
3373 break;
3374 }
3375 }
3376
3377 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3378 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3379 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3380 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3381 }
3382
3383 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3384 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3385 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3386 match, not program space. */
3387
3388 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3389 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3390 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3391 permanent breakpoint.
3392 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3393 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3394 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3395 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3396 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3397
3398 enum breakpoint_here
3399 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3400 {
3401 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3402 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3403
3404 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3405 {
3406 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3407 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3408 continue;
3409
3410 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3411 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3412 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3413 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3414 {
3415 if (overlay_debugging
3416 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3417 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3418 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3419 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3420 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3421 else
3422 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3423 }
3424 }
3425
3426 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3427 }
3428
3429 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3430
3431 int
3432 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3433 {
3434 struct bp_location *loc;
3435 int ix;
3436
3437 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3438 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3439 return 1;
3440
3441 return 0;
3442 }
3443
3444 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3445 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3446 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3447 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3448
3449 int
3450 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3451 CORE_ADDR pc)
3452 {
3453 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3454
3455 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3456 {
3457 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3458 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3459 continue;
3460
3461 if (bl->inserted
3462 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3463 {
3464 if (overlay_debugging
3465 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3466 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3467 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3468 else
3469 return 1;
3470 }
3471 }
3472 return 0;
3473 }
3474
3475 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3476 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3477
3478 int
3479 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3480 {
3481 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3482 return 1;
3483
3484 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3485 return 1;
3486
3487 return 0;
3488 }
3489
3490 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3491 inserted at PC. */
3492
3493 int
3494 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3495 CORE_ADDR pc)
3496 {
3497 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3498
3499 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3500 {
3501 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3502 continue;
3503
3504 if (bl->inserted
3505 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3506 aspace, pc))
3507 {
3508 if (overlay_debugging
3509 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3510 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3511 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3512 else
3513 return 1;
3514 }
3515 }
3516
3517 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3518 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3519 return 1;
3520
3521 return 0;
3522 }
3523
3524 int
3525 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3526 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3527 {
3528 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3529
3530 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3531 {
3532 struct bp_location *loc;
3533
3534 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3535 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3536 continue;
3537
3538 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3539 continue;
3540
3541 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3542 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3543 {
3544 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3545
3546 /* Check for intersection. */
3547 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3548 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3549 if (l < h)
3550 return 1;
3551 }
3552 }
3553 return 0;
3554 }
3555
3556 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3557 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3558
3559 int
3560 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3561 ptid_t ptid)
3562 {
3563 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3564 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3565 int thread = -1;
3566 int task = 0;
3567
3568 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3569 {
3570 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3571 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3572 continue;
3573
3574 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3575 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3576 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3577 continue;
3578
3579 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3580 continue;
3581
3582 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3583 {
3584 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3585 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3586 it is now time to do so. */
3587 if (thread == -1)
3588 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3589 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3590 continue;
3591 }
3592
3593 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3594 {
3595 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3596 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3597 it is now time to do so. */
3598 if (task == 0)
3599 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3600 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3601 continue;
3602 }
3603
3604 if (overlay_debugging
3605 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3606 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3607 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3608
3609 return 1;
3610 }
3611
3612 return 0;
3613 }
3614 \f
3615
3616 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3617 in breakpoint.h. */
3618
3619 int
3620 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3621 {
3622 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3623 }
3624
3625 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3626 'next' chain. */
3627
3628 static void
3629 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3630 {
3631 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3632 value_free (bs->old_val);
3633 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3634 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3635 xfree (bs);
3636 }
3637
3638 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3639 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3640
3641 void
3642 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3643 {
3644 bpstat p;
3645 bpstat q;
3646
3647 if (bsp == 0)
3648 return;
3649 p = *bsp;
3650 while (p != NULL)
3651 {
3652 q = p->next;
3653 bpstat_free (p);
3654 p = q;
3655 }
3656 *bsp = NULL;
3657 }
3658
3659 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3660 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3661
3662 bpstat
3663 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3664 {
3665 bpstat p = NULL;
3666 bpstat tmp;
3667 bpstat retval = NULL;
3668
3669 if (bs == NULL)
3670 return bs;
3671
3672 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3673 {
3674 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3675 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3676 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3677 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3678 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3679 {
3680 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3681 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3682 }
3683
3684 if (p == NULL)
3685 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3686 retval = tmp;
3687 else
3688 p->next = tmp;
3689 p = tmp;
3690 }
3691 p->next = NULL;
3692 return retval;
3693 }
3694
3695 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3696
3697 bpstat
3698 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3699 {
3700 if (bsp == NULL)
3701 return NULL;
3702
3703 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3704 {
3705 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3706 return bsp;
3707 }
3708 return NULL;
3709 }
3710
3711 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3712 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3713 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3714 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3715
3716 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3717 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3718 we set it.
3719 Return 1 otherwise. */
3720
3721 int
3722 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3723 {
3724 struct breakpoint *b;
3725
3726 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3727 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3728
3729 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3730 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3731 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3732 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3733 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3734 if (b == NULL)
3735 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3736
3737 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3738 return 1;
3739 }
3740
3741 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3742
3743 void
3744 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3745 {
3746 struct thread_info *tp;
3747 bpstat bs;
3748
3749 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3750 return;
3751
3752 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3753 if (tp == NULL)
3754 return;
3755
3756 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3757 {
3758 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3759
3760 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3761 {
3762 value_free (bs->old_val);
3763 bs->old_val = NULL;
3764 }
3765 }
3766 }
3767
3768 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3769
3770 static void
3771 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3772 {
3773 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3774 {
3775 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3776
3777 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3778 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3779 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3780 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3781 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3782 return;
3783 }
3784
3785 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3786 }
3787
3788 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3789 command. */
3790 static void
3791 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3792 {
3793 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3794 }
3795
3796 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3797 or its equivalent. */
3798
3799 static int
3800 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3801 {
3802 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3803 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3804 }
3805
3806 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3807 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3808 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3809 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3810
3811 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3812 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3813 bpstat of the current thread. */
3814
3815 static int
3816 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3817 {
3818 bpstat bs;
3819 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3820 int again = 0;
3821
3822 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3823 in bs->commands. */
3824 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3825 return 0;
3826
3827 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3828 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3829
3830 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3831
3832 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3833 bs = *bsp;
3834
3835 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3836 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3837 {
3838 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3839 struct command_line *cmd;
3840 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3841
3842 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3843
3844 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3845 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3846 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3847 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3848 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3849 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3850 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3851 the tree when we're done. */
3852 ccmd = bs->commands;
3853 bs->commands = NULL;
3854 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3855 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3856 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3857 {
3858 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3859 cmd = cmd->next;
3860 }
3861
3862 while (cmd != NULL)
3863 {
3864 execute_control_command (cmd);
3865
3866 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3867 break;
3868 else
3869 cmd = cmd->next;
3870 }
3871
3872 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3873 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3874
3875 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3876 {
3877 if (target_can_async_p ())
3878 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3879 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3880 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3881 ;
3882 else
3883 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3884 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3885 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3886 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3887 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3888 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3889 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3890 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3891 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3892 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3893 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3894 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3895 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3896 again = 1;
3897 break;
3898 }
3899 }
3900 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3901 return again;
3902 }
3903
3904 void
3905 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3906 {
3907 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3908
3909 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3910 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3911 && target_has_execution
3912 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3913 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3914 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3915 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3916 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3917 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3918 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3919 break;
3920
3921 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3922 }
3923
3924 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3925
3926 static void
3927 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3928 {
3929 if (val == NULL)
3930 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3931 else
3932 {
3933 struct value_print_options opts;
3934 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3935 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3936 }
3937 }
3938
3939 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3940 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3941 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3942 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3943 normal_stop(). */
3944
3945 static enum print_stop_action
3946 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3947 {
3948 switch (bs->print_it)
3949 {
3950 case print_it_noop:
3951 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3952 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3953 break;
3954
3955 case print_it_done:
3956 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3957 relevant messages. */
3958 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3959 break;
3960
3961 case print_it_normal:
3962 {
3963 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3964
3965 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3966 which has since been deleted. */
3967 if (b == NULL)
3968 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3969
3970 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3971 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3972 }
3973 break;
3974
3975 default:
3976 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3977 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3978 break;
3979 }
3980 }
3981
3982 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
3983
3984 static void
3985 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
3986 {
3987 int any_deleted
3988 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
3989 int any_added
3990 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
3991
3992 if (!is_catchpoint)
3993 {
3994 if (any_added || any_deleted)
3995 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
3996 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
3997 else
3998 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
3999 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4000 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4001 }
4002
4003 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4004 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4005 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4006
4007 if (any_deleted)
4008 {
4009 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4010 char *name;
4011 int ix;
4012
4013 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4014 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4015 "removed");
4016 for (ix = 0;
4017 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4018 ix, name);
4019 ++ix)
4020 {
4021 if (ix > 0)
4022 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4023 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4024 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4025 }
4026
4027 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4028 }
4029
4030 if (any_added)
4031 {
4032 struct so_list *iter;
4033 int ix;
4034 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4035
4036 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4037 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4038 "added");
4039 for (ix = 0;
4040 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4041 ix, iter);
4042 ++ix)
4043 {
4044 if (ix > 0)
4045 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4046 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4047 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4048 }
4049
4050 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4051 }
4052 }
4053
4054 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4055 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4056 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4057 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4058 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4059 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4060 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4061 routine is one of:
4062
4063 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4064 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4065 code to print the location. An example is
4066 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4067 the location.
4068 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4069 to also print the location part of the message.
4070 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4071 don't require a location appended to the end.
4072 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4073 further info to be printed. */
4074
4075 enum print_stop_action
4076 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4077 {
4078 int val;
4079
4080 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4081 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4082 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4083 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4084 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4085 {
4086 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4087 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4088 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4089 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4090 return val;
4091 }
4092
4093 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4094 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4095 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4096 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4097 {
4098 print_solib_event (0);
4099 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4100 }
4101
4102 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4103 with and nothing was printed. */
4104 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4105 }
4106
4107 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4108 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4109 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4110 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4111
4112 static int
4113 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4114 {
4115 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4116 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4117
4118 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4119 return i;
4120 }
4121
4122 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4123
4124 static bpstat
4125 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4126 {
4127 bpstat bs;
4128
4129 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4130 bs->next = NULL;
4131 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4132 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4133 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4134 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4135 incref_bp_location (bl);
4136 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4137 bs->commands = NULL;
4138 bs->old_val = NULL;
4139 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4140 return bs;
4141 }
4142 \f
4143 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4144 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4145
4146 int
4147 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4148 {
4149 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4150 CORE_ADDR addr;
4151 struct breakpoint *b;
4152
4153 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4154 {
4155 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4156 as not triggered. */
4157 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4158 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4159 {
4160 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4161
4162 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4163 }
4164
4165 return 0;
4166 }
4167
4168 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4169 {
4170 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4171 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4173 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4174 {
4175 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4176
4177 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4178 }
4179
4180 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4181 }
4182
4183 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4184 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4185 triggered. */
4186
4187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4188 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4189 {
4190 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4191 struct bp_location *loc;
4192
4193 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4194 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4195 {
4196 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4197 {
4198 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4199 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4200
4201 if (newaddr == start)
4202 {
4203 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4204 break;
4205 }
4206 }
4207 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4208 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4209 addr, loc->address,
4210 loc->length))
4211 {
4212 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4213 break;
4214 }
4215 }
4216 }
4217
4218 return 1;
4219 }
4220
4221 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4222 because of check_errors). */
4223 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4224 #define WP_DELETED 1
4225 /* The value has changed. */
4226 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4227 /* The value has not changed. */
4228 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4229 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4230 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4231
4232 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4233 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4234
4235 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4236 changed.
4237
4238 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4239 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4240
4241 static int
4242 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4243 {
4244 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4245 struct watchpoint *b;
4246 struct frame_info *fr;
4247 int within_current_scope;
4248
4249 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4250 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4251 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4252
4253 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4254 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4255 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4256 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4257 return WP_IGNORE;
4258
4259 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4260 within_current_scope = 1;
4261 else
4262 {
4263 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4264 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4265 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4266
4267 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4268 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4269 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4270 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4271 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4272 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4273 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4274 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4275 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4276 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4277 return WP_IGNORE;
4278
4279 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4280 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4281
4282 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4283 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4284 if (within_current_scope)
4285 {
4286 struct symbol *function;
4287
4288 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4289 if (function == NULL
4290 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4291 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4292 within_current_scope = 0;
4293 }
4294
4295 if (within_current_scope)
4296 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4297 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4298 the user. */
4299 select_frame (fr);
4300 }
4301
4302 if (within_current_scope)
4303 {
4304 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4305 time before we return to the command level and call
4306 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4307 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4308
4309 int pc = 0;
4310 struct value *mark;
4311 struct value *new_val;
4312
4313 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4314 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4315 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4316 a mask watchpoint. */
4317 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4318
4319 mark = value_mark ();
4320 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4321
4322 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4323 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4324 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4325 not what we want. */
4326 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4327 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4328 {
4329 if (new_val != NULL)
4330 {
4331 release_value (new_val);
4332 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4333 }
4334 bs->old_val = b->val;
4335 b->val = new_val;
4336 b->val_valid = 1;
4337 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4338 }
4339 else
4340 {
4341 /* Nothing changed. */
4342 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4343 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4344 }
4345 }
4346 else
4347 {
4348 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4349
4350 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4351 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4352 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4353 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4354 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4355 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4356 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4357 the first value assigned). */
4358 /* We print all the stop information in
4359 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4360 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4361 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4362 here. */
4363 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4364 ui_out_field_string
4365 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4366 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4367 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4368 ui_out_text (uiout,
4369 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4370 which its expression is valid.\n");
4371
4372 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4373 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4374 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4375
4376 return WP_DELETED;
4377 }
4378 }
4379
4380 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4381 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4382 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4383
4384 static int
4385 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4386 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4387 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4388 {
4389 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4390
4391 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4392 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4393
4394 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4395 }
4396
4397 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4398 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4399
4400 static void
4401 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4402 {
4403 const struct bp_location *bl;
4404 struct watchpoint *b;
4405
4406 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4407 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4408 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4409 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4410 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4411
4412 {
4413 int must_check_value = 0;
4414
4415 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4416 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4417 watched value. */
4418 must_check_value = 1;
4419 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4420 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4421 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4422 this watchpoint. */
4423 must_check_value = 1;
4424 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4425 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4426 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4427 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4428 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4429 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4430 must_check_value = 1;
4431
4432 if (must_check_value)
4433 {
4434 char *message
4435 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4436 b->base.number);
4437 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4438 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4439 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4440 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4441 switch (e)
4442 {
4443 case WP_DELETED:
4444 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4445 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4446 /* Stop. */
4447 break;
4448 case WP_IGNORE:
4449 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4450 bs->stop = 0;
4451 break;
4452 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4453 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4454 {
4455 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4456
4457 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4458 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4459 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4460 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4461 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4462 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4463 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4464 old value.
4465
4466 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4467 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4468 happen:
4469
4470 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4471 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4472 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4473 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4474
4475 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4476 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4477 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4478 watchpoint.
4479
4480 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4481 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4482 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4483 changes. This still gives false positives when
4484 the program writes the same value to memory as
4485 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4486 it for a read), but it's much better than
4487 nothing. */
4488
4489 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4490
4491 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4492 {
4493 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4494
4495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4496 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4497 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4498 {
4499 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4500 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4501
4502 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4503 == watch_triggered_yes)
4504 {
4505 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4506 break;
4507 }
4508 }
4509 }
4510
4511 if (other_write_watchpoint
4512 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4513 {
4514 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4515 and the value changed since the last time we
4516 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4517 Ignore it. */
4518 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4519 bs->stop = 0;
4520 }
4521 }
4522 break;
4523 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4524 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4525 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4526 {
4527 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4528 the value hasn't changed. */
4529 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4530 bs->stop = 0;
4531 }
4532 /* Stop. */
4533 break;
4534 default:
4535 /* Can't happen. */
4536 case 0:
4537 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4538 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4539 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4540 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4541 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4542 break;
4543 }
4544 }
4545 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4546 {
4547 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4548 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4549 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4550 anything for this watchpoint. */
4551 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4552 bs->stop = 0;
4553 }
4554 }
4555 }
4556
4557
4558 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4559 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4560 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4561
4562 static void
4563 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4564 {
4565 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4566 const struct bp_location *bl;
4567 struct breakpoint *b;
4568
4569 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4570 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4571 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4572 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4573 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4574
4575 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
4576 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
4577 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
4578
4579 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4580 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4581 bs->stop = 0;
4582 else if (bs->stop)
4583 {
4584 int value_is_zero = 0;
4585 struct expression *cond;
4586
4587 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4588 method implemented. */
4589 if (b->py_bp_object)
4590 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4591
4592 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4593 {
4594 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4595
4596 cond = w->cond_exp;
4597 }
4598 else
4599 cond = bl->cond;
4600
4601 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4602 {
4603 int within_current_scope = 1;
4604 struct watchpoint * w;
4605
4606 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4607 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4608 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4609 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4610 function call. */
4611 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4612
4613 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4614 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4615 else
4616 w = NULL;
4617
4618 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4619 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4620 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4621 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4622 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4623 call site. */
4624 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4625 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4626 else
4627 {
4628 struct frame_info *frame;
4629
4630 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4631 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4632 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4633 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4634 really matter which instantiation of the function
4635 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4636 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4637 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4638 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4639 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4640 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4641 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4642 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4643 intuitive. */
4644 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4645 if (frame != NULL)
4646 select_frame (frame);
4647 else
4648 within_current_scope = 0;
4649 }
4650 if (within_current_scope)
4651 value_is_zero
4652 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4653 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4654 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4655 else
4656 {
4657 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4658 "in the current scope"));
4659 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4660 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4661 value_is_zero = 0;
4662 }
4663 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4664 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4665 }
4666
4667 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4668 {
4669 bs->stop = 0;
4670 }
4671 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4672 {
4673 bs->stop = 0;
4674 }
4675 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4676 {
4677 b->ignore_count--;
4678 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4679 bs->stop = 0;
4680 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4681 ++(b->hit_count);
4682 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4683 }
4684 }
4685 }
4686
4687
4688 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4689 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4690
4691 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4692 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4693 that:
4694
4695 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4696
4697 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4698
4699 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4700 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4701 several reasons concurrently.)
4702
4703 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4704 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4705
4706 bpstat
4707 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4708 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
4709 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4710 {
4711 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4712 struct bp_location *bl;
4713 struct bp_location *loc;
4714 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4715 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4716 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4717 bpstat bs;
4718 int ix;
4719 int need_remove_insert;
4720 int removed_any;
4721
4722 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4723 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4724 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4725 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4726 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4727 inferior function calls. */
4728
4729 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4730 {
4731 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4732 continue;
4733
4734 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4735 {
4736 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4737 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4738 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4739 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4740 checked all locations already. */
4741 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4742 break;
4743
4744 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4745 continue;
4746
4747 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
4748 continue;
4749
4750 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4751 matches. */
4752
4753 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4754 explain stop. */
4755
4756 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4757 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4758 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4759 bs->stop = 1;
4760 bs->print = 1;
4761
4762 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4763 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4764 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4765 iteration. */
4766 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4767 {
4768 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4769
4770 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4771 }
4772 }
4773 }
4774
4775 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4776 {
4777 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4778 {
4779 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4780 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4781 bs->stop = 0;
4782 bs->print = 0;
4783 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4784 }
4785 }
4786
4787 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
4788 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
4789 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
4790 "catch unload". */
4791 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4792 {
4793 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
4794 {
4795 handle_solib_event ();
4796 break;
4797 }
4798 }
4799
4800 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4801 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4802 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4803
4804 removed_any = 0;
4805
4806 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4807 {
4808 if (!bs->stop)
4809 continue;
4810
4811 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4812 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4813 if (bs->stop)
4814 {
4815 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4816
4817 if (bs->stop)
4818 {
4819 ++(b->hit_count);
4820 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4821
4822 /* We will stop here. */
4823 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4824 {
4825 --(b->enable_count);
4826 if (b->enable_count <= 0
4827 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4828 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4829 removed_any = 1;
4830 }
4831 if (b->silent)
4832 bs->print = 0;
4833 bs->commands = b->commands;
4834 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4835 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4836 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4837 bs->print = 0;
4838 }
4839
4840 }
4841
4842 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4843 print. */
4844 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
4845 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4846 }
4847
4848 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4849 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4850 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4851 done later. */
4852 need_remove_insert = 0;
4853 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4854 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4855 if (!bs->stop
4856 && bs->breakpoint_at
4857 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4858 {
4859 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4860
4861 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4862 need_remove_insert = 1;
4863 }
4864
4865 if (need_remove_insert)
4866 update_global_location_list (1);
4867 else if (removed_any)
4868 update_global_location_list (0);
4869
4870 return bs_head;
4871 }
4872
4873 static void
4874 handle_jit_event (void)
4875 {
4876 struct frame_info *frame;
4877 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4878
4879 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4880 breakpoint_re_set. */
4881 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4882
4883 frame = get_current_frame ();
4884 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4885
4886 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4887
4888 target_terminal_inferior ();
4889 }
4890
4891 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
4892
4893 void
4894 handle_solib_event (void)
4895 {
4896 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
4897
4898 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
4899 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
4900 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
4901 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4902 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4903 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4904 #else
4905 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4906 #endif
4907 target_terminal_inferior ();
4908 }
4909
4910 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4911
4912 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4913
4914 struct bpstat_what
4915 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4916 {
4917 struct bpstat_what retval;
4918 int jit_event = 0;
4919 bpstat bs;
4920
4921 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4922 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4923 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4924
4925 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4926 {
4927 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4928 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4929 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4930 enum bptype bptype;
4931
4932 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4933 {
4934 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4935 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4936 bptype = bp_none;
4937 }
4938 else
4939 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4940
4941 switch (bptype)
4942 {
4943 case bp_none:
4944 break;
4945 case bp_breakpoint:
4946 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4947 case bp_until:
4948 case bp_finish:
4949 case bp_shlib_event:
4950 if (bs->stop)
4951 {
4952 if (bs->print)
4953 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4954 else
4955 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4956 }
4957 else
4958 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4959 break;
4960 case bp_watchpoint:
4961 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4962 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4963 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4964 if (bs->stop)
4965 {
4966 if (bs->print)
4967 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4968 else
4969 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4970 }
4971 else
4972 {
4973 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4974 This requires no further action. */
4975 }
4976 break;
4977 case bp_longjmp:
4978 case bp_exception:
4979 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4980 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4981 break;
4982 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4983 case bp_exception_resume:
4984 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4985 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4986 break;
4987 case bp_step_resume:
4988 if (bs->stop)
4989 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4990 else
4991 {
4992 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4993 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4994 }
4995 break;
4996 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4997 if (bs->stop)
4998 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4999 else
5000 {
5001 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5002 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5003 }
5004 break;
5005 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5006 case bp_thread_event:
5007 case bp_overlay_event:
5008 case bp_longjmp_master:
5009 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5010 case bp_exception_master:
5011 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5012 break;
5013 case bp_catchpoint:
5014 if (bs->stop)
5015 {
5016 if (bs->print)
5017 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5018 else
5019 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5020 }
5021 else
5022 {
5023 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5024 This requires no further action. */
5025 }
5026 break;
5027 case bp_jit_event:
5028 jit_event = 1;
5029 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5030 break;
5031 case bp_call_dummy:
5032 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5033 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5034 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5035 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5036 break;
5037 case bp_std_terminate:
5038 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5039 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5040 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5041 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5042 break;
5043 case bp_tracepoint:
5044 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5045 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5046 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5047 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5048 out already. */
5049 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5050 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5051 break;
5052 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5053 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5054 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5055 break;
5056 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5057 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5058 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5059 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5060 break;
5061 default:
5062 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5063 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5064 }
5065
5066 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5067 }
5068
5069 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5070 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5071
5072 if (jit_event)
5073 {
5074 if (debug_infrun)
5075 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5076
5077 handle_jit_event ();
5078 }
5079
5080 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5081 {
5082 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5083
5084 if (b == NULL)
5085 continue;
5086 switch (b->type)
5087 {
5088 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5089 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5090 break;
5091 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5092 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5093 break;
5094 }
5095 }
5096
5097 return retval;
5098 }
5099
5100 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5101 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5102 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5103
5104 int
5105 bpstat_should_step (void)
5106 {
5107 struct breakpoint *b;
5108
5109 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5110 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5111 return 1;
5112 return 0;
5113 }
5114
5115 int
5116 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5117 {
5118 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5119 if (bs->stop)
5120 return 1;
5121
5122 return 0;
5123 }
5124
5125 \f
5126
5127 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5128 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5129 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5130
5131 static char *
5132 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5133 {
5134 static char wrap_indent[80];
5135 int i, total_width, width, align;
5136 char *text;
5137
5138 total_width = 0;
5139 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5140 {
5141 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5142 {
5143 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5144 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5145 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5146
5147 return wrap_indent;
5148 }
5149
5150 total_width += width + 1;
5151 }
5152
5153 return NULL;
5154 }
5155
5156 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5157 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5158
5159 "host": Host evals condition.
5160 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5161 "target": Target evals condition.
5162 */
5163
5164 static const char *
5165 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5166 {
5167 struct bp_location *bl;
5168 char host_evals = 0;
5169 char target_evals = 0;
5170
5171 if (!b)
5172 return NULL;
5173
5174 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5175 return NULL;
5176
5177 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5178 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5179 return condition_evaluation_host;
5180
5181 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5182 {
5183 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5184 target_evals++;
5185 else
5186 host_evals++;
5187 }
5188
5189 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5190 return condition_evaluation_both;
5191 else if (target_evals)
5192 return condition_evaluation_target;
5193 else
5194 return condition_evaluation_host;
5195 }
5196
5197 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5198 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5199
5200 static const char *
5201 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5202 {
5203 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5204 return NULL;
5205
5206 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5207 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5208 return condition_evaluation_host;
5209
5210 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5211 return condition_evaluation_target;
5212 else
5213 return condition_evaluation_host;
5214 }
5215
5216 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5217
5218 static void
5219 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5220 struct bp_location *loc)
5221 {
5222 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5223 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5224
5225 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5226 loc = NULL;
5227
5228 if (loc != NULL)
5229 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5230
5231 if (b->display_canonical)
5232 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5233 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5234 {
5235 struct symbol *sym
5236 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5237 if (sym)
5238 {
5239 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5240 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5241 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5242 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5243 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5244 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5245 }
5246 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5247 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5248
5249 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5250 {
5251 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5252 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5253
5254 if (fullname)
5255 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5256 }
5257
5258 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5259 }
5260 else if (loc)
5261 {
5262 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
5263 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
5264
5265 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
5266 demangle, "");
5267 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5268
5269 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5270 }
5271 else
5272 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5273
5274 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5275 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5276 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5277 {
5278 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5279 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5280 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5281 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5282 }
5283
5284 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5285 }
5286
5287 static const char *
5288 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5289 {
5290 struct ep_type_description
5291 {
5292 enum bptype type;
5293 char *description;
5294 };
5295 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5296 {
5297 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5298 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5299 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5300 {bp_until, "until"},
5301 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5302 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5303 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5304 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5305 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5306 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5307 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5308 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5309 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5310 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5311 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5312 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5313 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5314 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5315 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5316 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5317 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5318 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5319 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5320 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5321 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5322 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5323 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5324 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5325 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5326 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5327 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5328 };
5329
5330 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5331 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5332 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5333 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5334 (int) type);
5335
5336 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5337 }
5338
5339 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5340
5341 static void
5342 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5343 struct bp_location *loc,
5344 int loc_number,
5345 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5346 int allflag)
5347 {
5348 struct command_line *l;
5349 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5350
5351 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5352 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5353 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5354 struct value_print_options opts;
5355
5356 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5357
5358 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5359 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5360 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5361 if (loc == NULL
5362 && (b->loc != NULL
5363 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5364 header_of_multiple = 1;
5365 if (loc == NULL)
5366 loc = b->loc;
5367
5368 annotate_record ();
5369
5370 /* 1 */
5371 annotate_field (0);
5372 if (part_of_multiple)
5373 {
5374 char *formatted;
5375 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5376 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5377 xfree (formatted);
5378 }
5379 else
5380 {
5381 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5382 }
5383
5384 /* 2 */
5385 annotate_field (1);
5386 if (part_of_multiple)
5387 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5388 else
5389 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5390
5391 /* 3 */
5392 annotate_field (2);
5393 if (part_of_multiple)
5394 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5395 else
5396 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5397
5398
5399 /* 4 */
5400 annotate_field (3);
5401 if (part_of_multiple)
5402 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5403 else
5404 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5405 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5406 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5407
5408
5409 /* 5 and 6 */
5410 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5411 {
5412 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5413 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5414 make sure there's just one location. */
5415 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5416 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5417 }
5418 else
5419 switch (b->type)
5420 {
5421 case bp_none:
5422 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5423 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5424 break;
5425
5426 case bp_watchpoint:
5427 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5428 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5429 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5430 {
5431 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5432
5433 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5434 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5435 is relatively readable). */
5436 if (opts.addressprint)
5437 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5438 annotate_field (5);
5439 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5440 }
5441 break;
5442
5443 case bp_breakpoint:
5444 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5445 case bp_until:
5446 case bp_finish:
5447 case bp_longjmp:
5448 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5449 case bp_exception:
5450 case bp_exception_resume:
5451 case bp_step_resume:
5452 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5453 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5454 case bp_call_dummy:
5455 case bp_std_terminate:
5456 case bp_shlib_event:
5457 case bp_thread_event:
5458 case bp_overlay_event:
5459 case bp_longjmp_master:
5460 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5461 case bp_exception_master:
5462 case bp_tracepoint:
5463 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5464 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5465 case bp_jit_event:
5466 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5467 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5468 if (opts.addressprint)
5469 {
5470 annotate_field (4);
5471 if (header_of_multiple)
5472 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5473 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5474 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5475 else
5476 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5477 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5478 }
5479 annotate_field (5);
5480 if (!header_of_multiple)
5481 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5482 if (b->loc)
5483 *last_loc = b->loc;
5484 break;
5485 }
5486
5487
5488 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5489 are several. */
5490 if (loc != NULL
5491 && !header_of_multiple
5492 && (allflag
5493 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5494 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5495 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5496 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5497 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5498 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5499 {
5500 struct inferior *inf;
5501 int first = 1;
5502
5503 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5504 {
5505 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5506 {
5507 if (first)
5508 {
5509 first = 0;
5510 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5511 }
5512 else
5513 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5514 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5515 }
5516 }
5517 }
5518
5519 if (!part_of_multiple)
5520 {
5521 if (b->thread != -1)
5522 {
5523 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5524 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5525 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5526 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5527 }
5528 else if (b->task != 0)
5529 {
5530 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5531 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5532 }
5533 }
5534
5535 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5536
5537 if (!part_of_multiple)
5538 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5539
5540 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5541 {
5542 annotate_field (6);
5543 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5544 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5545 the frame ID. */
5546 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5547 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5548 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5549 }
5550
5551 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5552 {
5553 annotate_field (7);
5554 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5555 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5556 else
5557 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5558 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5559
5560 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
5561 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
5562 if (is_breakpoint (b)
5563 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
5564 == condition_evaluation_target)
5565 {
5566 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5567 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5568 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
5569 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
5570 }
5571 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5572 }
5573
5574 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5575 {
5576 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5577 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5578 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5579 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5580 }
5581
5582 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5583 {
5584 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5585 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
5586 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5587 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
5588 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
5589 else
5590 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5591 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5592 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5593 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5594 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5595 else
5596 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5597 }
5598
5599 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5600 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5601 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5602 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5603 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5604
5605 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5606 {
5607 annotate_field (8);
5608 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5609 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5610 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5611 }
5612
5613 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
5614 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
5615 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
5616 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
5617 {
5618 annotate_field (8);
5619 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
5620 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
5621 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
5622 if (b->ignore_count)
5623 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
5624 else
5625 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
5626 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
5627 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5628 }
5629
5630 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
5631 {
5632 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5633
5634 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
5635 {
5636 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
5637 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
5638 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
5639 }
5640 }
5641
5642 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5643 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5644 {
5645 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5646
5647 annotate_field (9);
5648 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5649 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5650 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5651 }
5652
5653 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5654 {
5655 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5656
5657 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
5658 {
5659 annotate_field (10);
5660 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5661 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
5662 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5663 }
5664 }
5665
5666 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5667 {
5668 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5669 {
5670 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5671
5672 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5673 }
5674 else if (b->addr_string)
5675 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5676 }
5677 }
5678
5679 static void
5680 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5681 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5682 int allflag)
5683 {
5684 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5685 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5686
5687 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5688
5689 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5690 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5691
5692 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5693 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5694 locations, if any. */
5695 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5696 {
5697 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5698 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5699 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5700 situation.
5701
5702 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5703 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5704 if (b->loc
5705 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5706 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5707 {
5708 struct bp_location *loc;
5709 int n = 1;
5710
5711 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5712 {
5713 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5714 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5715 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5716 do_cleanups (inner2);
5717 }
5718 }
5719 }
5720 }
5721
5722 static int
5723 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5724 {
5725 int print_address_bits = 0;
5726 struct bp_location *loc;
5727
5728 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5729 {
5730 int addr_bit;
5731
5732 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5733 an address to print. */
5734 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5735 continue;
5736
5737 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5738 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5739 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5740 }
5741
5742 return print_address_bits;
5743 }
5744
5745 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5746 {
5747 int bnum;
5748 };
5749
5750 static int
5751 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5752 {
5753 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5754 struct breakpoint *b;
5755 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5756
5757 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5758 {
5759 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5760 {
5761 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5762 return GDB_RC_OK;
5763 }
5764 }
5765 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5766 }
5767
5768 enum gdb_rc
5769 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5770 char **error_message)
5771 {
5772 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5773
5774 args.bnum = bnum;
5775 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5776 an error. */
5777 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5778 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5779 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5780 else
5781 return GDB_RC_OK;
5782 }
5783
5784 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5785 internal or momentary. */
5786
5787 int
5788 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5789 {
5790 return b->number > 0;
5791 }
5792
5793 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5794 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5795 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5796 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5797 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5798 breakpoints listed. */
5799
5800 static int
5801 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5802 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5803 {
5804 struct breakpoint *b;
5805 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5806 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5807 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5808 struct value_print_options opts;
5809 int print_address_bits = 0;
5810 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5811 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5812
5813 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5814
5815 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5816 required for address fields. */
5817 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5818 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5819 {
5820 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5821 if (filter && !filter (b))
5822 continue;
5823
5824 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5825 accept. Skip the others. */
5826 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5827 {
5828 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5829 continue;
5830 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5831 continue;
5832 }
5833
5834 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5835 {
5836 int addr_bit, type_len;
5837
5838 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5839 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5840 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5841
5842 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5843 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5844 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5845
5846 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5847 }
5848 }
5849
5850 if (opts.addressprint)
5851 bkpttbl_chain
5852 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5853 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5854 "BreakpointTable");
5855 else
5856 bkpttbl_chain
5857 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5858 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5859 "BreakpointTable");
5860
5861 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5862 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5863 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5864 annotate_field (0);
5865 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5866 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5867 annotate_field (1);
5868 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5869 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5870 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5871 annotate_field (2);
5872 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5873 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5874 annotate_field (3);
5875 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5876 if (opts.addressprint)
5877 {
5878 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5879 annotate_field (4);
5880 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5881 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5882 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5883 else
5884 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5885 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5886 }
5887 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5888 annotate_field (5);
5889 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5890 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5891 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5892 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5893
5894 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5895 {
5896 QUIT;
5897 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5898 if (filter && !filter (b))
5899 continue;
5900
5901 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5902 accept. Skip the others. */
5903
5904 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5905 {
5906 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5907 {
5908 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5909 continue;
5910 }
5911 else /* all others */
5912 {
5913 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5914 continue;
5915 }
5916 }
5917 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5918 allflag is set. */
5919 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5920 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5921 }
5922
5923 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5924
5925 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5926 {
5927 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5928 empty list. */
5929 if (!filter)
5930 {
5931 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5932 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5933 else
5934 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5935 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5936 args);
5937 }
5938 }
5939 else
5940 {
5941 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5942 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5943 }
5944
5945 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5946 there have been breakpoints? */
5947 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5948
5949 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5950 }
5951
5952 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5953 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5954
5955 static void
5956 default_collect_info (void)
5957 {
5958 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5959
5960 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5961 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5962 not wanted. */
5963 if (!*default_collect)
5964 return;
5965
5966 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5967 actions. */
5968 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5969 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5970 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5971 }
5972
5973 static void
5974 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5975 {
5976 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5977
5978 default_collect_info ();
5979 }
5980
5981 static void
5982 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5983 {
5984 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5985 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5986
5987 if (num_printed == 0)
5988 {
5989 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5990 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5991 else
5992 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5993 }
5994 }
5995
5996 static void
5997 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5998 {
5999 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6000
6001 default_collect_info ();
6002 }
6003
6004 static int
6005 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6006 struct program_space *pspace,
6007 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6008 {
6009 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6010
6011 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6012 {
6013 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6014 && bl->address == pc
6015 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6016 return 1;
6017 }
6018 return 0;
6019 }
6020
6021 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6022 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6023 address spaces. */
6024
6025 static void
6026 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6027 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6028 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6029 {
6030 int others = 0;
6031 struct breakpoint *b;
6032
6033 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6034 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6035 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6036 if (others > 0)
6037 {
6038 if (others == 1)
6039 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6040 else /* if (others == ???) */
6041 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6043 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6044 {
6045 others--;
6046 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6047 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6048 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6049 else if (b->thread != -1)
6050 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6051 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6052 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6053 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6054 ? " (disabled)"
6055 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6056 ? " (permanent)"
6057 : ""),
6058 (others > 1) ? ","
6059 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6060 }
6061 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6062 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6063 printf_filtered (".\n");
6064 }
6065 }
6066 \f
6067
6068 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6069 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6070 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6071 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6072
6073 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6074 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6075 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6076 breakpoint at address zero:
6077
6078 bp_watchpoint
6079 bp_catchpoint
6080
6081 */
6082
6083 static int
6084 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6085 {
6086 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6087
6088 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6089 }
6090
6091 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6092 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6093
6094 static int
6095 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6096 struct bp_location *loc2)
6097 {
6098 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6099 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6100
6101 /* Both of them must exist. */
6102 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6103 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6104
6105 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6106 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6107 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6108 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6109 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6110 other watchpoint. */
6111 if ((w1->cond_exp
6112 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6113 loc1->length,
6114 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6115 w1->cond_exp))
6116 || (w2->cond_exp
6117 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6118 loc2->length,
6119 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6120 w2->cond_exp)))
6121 return 0;
6122
6123 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6124 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6125 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6126 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6127 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6128 become hw_access locations later. */
6129 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6130 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6131 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6132 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6133 }
6134
6135 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6136 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6137 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6138 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6139
6140 static int
6141 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6142 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6143 {
6144 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6145 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6146 && addr1 == addr2);
6147 }
6148
6149 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6150 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6151 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6152 space doesn't really matter. */
6153
6154 static int
6155 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6156 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6157 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6158 {
6159 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6160 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6161 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6162 }
6163
6164 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6165 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6166 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6167 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6168
6169 static int
6170 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6171 struct address_space *aspace,
6172 CORE_ADDR addr)
6173 {
6174 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6175 aspace, addr)
6176 || (bl->length
6177 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6178 bl->address, bl->length,
6179 aspace, addr)));
6180 }
6181
6182 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6183 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6184 true, otherwise returns false. */
6185
6186 static int
6187 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6188 struct bp_location *loc2)
6189 {
6190 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6191 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6192 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6193 different locations. */
6194 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6195 else
6196 return 0;
6197 }
6198
6199 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6200 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6201 represent the same location. */
6202
6203 static int
6204 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6205 struct bp_location *loc2)
6206 {
6207 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6208
6209 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6210 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6211 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6212
6213 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6214 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6215
6216 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6217 return 0;
6218 else if (hw_point1)
6219 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6220 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6221 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6222 else
6223 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6224 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6225 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6226 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6227 }
6228
6229 static void
6230 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6231 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6232 {
6233 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6234 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6235 char astr1[64];
6236 char astr2[64];
6237
6238 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6239 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6240 if (have_bnum)
6241 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6242 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6243 else
6244 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6245 }
6246
6247 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6248 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6249 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6250 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6251
6252 static CORE_ADDR
6253 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6254 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6255 {
6256 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6257 {
6258 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6259 return bpaddr;
6260 }
6261 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6262 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6263 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6264 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6265 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6266 {
6267 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6268 have their addresses modified. */
6269 return bpaddr;
6270 }
6271 else
6272 {
6273 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6274
6275 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6276 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6277 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6278
6279 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6280 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6281 is required. */
6282 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6283 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6284
6285 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6286 }
6287 }
6288
6289 void
6290 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6291 struct breakpoint *owner)
6292 {
6293 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6294
6295 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6296
6297 loc->ops = ops;
6298 loc->owner = owner;
6299 loc->cond = NULL;
6300 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6301 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6302 loc->enabled = 1;
6303
6304 switch (owner->type)
6305 {
6306 case bp_breakpoint:
6307 case bp_until:
6308 case bp_finish:
6309 case bp_longjmp:
6310 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6311 case bp_exception:
6312 case bp_exception_resume:
6313 case bp_step_resume:
6314 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6315 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6316 case bp_call_dummy:
6317 case bp_std_terminate:
6318 case bp_shlib_event:
6319 case bp_thread_event:
6320 case bp_overlay_event:
6321 case bp_jit_event:
6322 case bp_longjmp_master:
6323 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6324 case bp_exception_master:
6325 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6326 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6327 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6328 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6329 break;
6330 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6331 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6332 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6333 break;
6334 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6335 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6336 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6337 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6338 break;
6339 case bp_watchpoint:
6340 case bp_catchpoint:
6341 case bp_tracepoint:
6342 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6343 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6344 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6345 break;
6346 default:
6347 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6348 }
6349
6350 loc->refc = 1;
6351 }
6352
6353 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6354
6355 static struct bp_location *
6356 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6357 {
6358 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6359 }
6360
6361 static void
6362 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6363 {
6364 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6365 xfree (loc);
6366 }
6367
6368 /* Increment reference count. */
6369
6370 static void
6371 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6372 {
6373 ++bl->refc;
6374 }
6375
6376 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6377 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6378
6379 static void
6380 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6381 {
6382 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6383
6384 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6385 free_bp_location (*blp);
6386 *blp = NULL;
6387 }
6388
6389 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6390
6391 static void
6392 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6393 {
6394 struct breakpoint *b1;
6395
6396 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6397 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6398
6399 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6400 if (b1 == 0)
6401 breakpoint_chain = b;
6402 else
6403 {
6404 while (b1->next)
6405 b1 = b1->next;
6406 b1->next = b;
6407 }
6408 }
6409
6410 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6411
6412 static void
6413 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6414 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6415 enum bptype bptype,
6416 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6417 {
6418 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6419
6420 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6421
6422 b->ops = ops;
6423 b->type = bptype;
6424 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6425 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6426 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6427 b->thread = -1;
6428 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6429 b->next = 0;
6430 b->silent = 0;
6431 b->ignore_count = 0;
6432 b->commands = NULL;
6433 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6434 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6435 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6436 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6437 }
6438
6439 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6440 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6441
6442 static struct breakpoint *
6443 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6444 enum bptype bptype,
6445 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6446 {
6447 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6448
6449 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6450 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6451 return b;
6452 }
6453
6454 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6455 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6456 enough. */
6457
6458 static void
6459 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6460 {
6461 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6462
6463 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6464 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6465 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6466 {
6467 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6468 const char *function_name;
6469
6470 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6471 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6472
6473 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6474 {
6475 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6476
6477 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6478 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6479 &loc->requested_address))
6480 {
6481 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6482 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6483 loc->requested_address,
6484 b->type);
6485 }
6486 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6487 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6488 {
6489 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6490 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6491 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6492 }
6493 }
6494
6495 if (function_name)
6496 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6497 }
6498 }
6499
6500 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6501 struct gdbarch *
6502 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6503 {
6504 if (sal.section)
6505 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6506 if (sal.symtab)
6507 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6508
6509 return NULL;
6510 }
6511
6512 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6513 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6514 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6515
6516 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6517 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6518 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6519
6520 static void
6521 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6522 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6523 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6524 {
6525 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6526
6527 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6528
6529 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
6530 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
6531
6532 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6533 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6534 program space. */
6535 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6536 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
6537
6538 breakpoints_changed ();
6539 }
6540
6541 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
6542 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
6543 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
6544 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
6545 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
6546 is also returned as the value of this function.
6547
6548 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6549 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6550 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
6551 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
6552 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
6553 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
6554 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
6555
6556 struct breakpoint *
6557 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6558 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6559 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6560 {
6561 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6562
6563 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
6564 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6565 return b;
6566 }
6567
6568
6569 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6570 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6571 void
6572 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
6573 {
6574 struct bp_location *bl;
6575
6576 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
6577
6578 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6579 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6580 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6581 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6582 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
6583 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6584 bl->inserted = 1;
6585 }
6586
6587 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6588 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6589 initiated the operation. */
6590
6591 void
6592 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6593 {
6594 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6595 int thread = tp->num;
6596
6597 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6598 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6599 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6600 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6602 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6603 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6604 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6605 {
6606 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6607 struct breakpoint *clone;
6608
6609 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
6610 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6611 clone->thread = thread;
6612 }
6613
6614 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6615 }
6616
6617 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6618 void
6619 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6620 {
6621 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6622
6623 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6624 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6625 {
6626 if (b->thread == thread)
6627 delete_breakpoint (b);
6628 }
6629 }
6630
6631 void
6632 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
6633 {
6634 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6635
6636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6637 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6638 {
6639 if (b->thread == thread)
6640 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
6641 }
6642 }
6643
6644 void
6645 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6646 {
6647 struct breakpoint *b;
6648
6649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6650 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6651 {
6652 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6653 update_global_location_list (1);
6654 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6655 }
6656 }
6657
6658 void
6659 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6660 {
6661 struct breakpoint *b;
6662
6663 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6664 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6665 {
6666 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6667 update_global_location_list (0);
6668 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6669 }
6670 }
6671
6672 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6673 master breakpoint. */
6674 void
6675 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6676 {
6677 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6678
6679 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6680 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6681 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6682 {
6683 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
6684 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6685 }
6686 }
6687
6688 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6689 void
6690 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6691 {
6692 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6693
6694 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6695 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6696 delete_breakpoint (b);
6697 }
6698
6699 struct breakpoint *
6700 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6701 {
6702 struct breakpoint *b;
6703
6704 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6705 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6706
6707 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6708 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6709 b->addr_string
6710 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6711
6712 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6713
6714 return b;
6715 }
6716
6717 void
6718 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6719 {
6720 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6721
6722 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6723 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6724 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6725 delete_breakpoint (b);
6726 }
6727
6728 struct lang_and_radix
6729 {
6730 enum language lang;
6731 int radix;
6732 };
6733
6734 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6735
6736 struct breakpoint *
6737 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6738 {
6739 struct breakpoint *b;
6740
6741 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6742 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6743 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6744 return b;
6745 }
6746
6747 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6748
6749 void
6750 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6751 {
6752 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6753
6754 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6755 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6756 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6757 delete_breakpoint (b);
6758 }
6759
6760 void
6761 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6762 {
6763 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6764
6765 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6766 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6767 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6768 delete_breakpoint (b);
6769 }
6770
6771 struct breakpoint *
6772 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6773 {
6774 struct breakpoint *b;
6775
6776 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6777 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6778 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6779 return b;
6780 }
6781
6782 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6783 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6784
6785 void
6786 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6787 {
6788 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6789
6790 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6791 {
6792 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6793 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6794
6795 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6796 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6797 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6798 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6799 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6800 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6801 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6802 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6803 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6804 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6805 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6806 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6807 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6808 #else
6809 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6810 #endif
6811 )
6812 {
6813 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6814 }
6815 }
6816 }
6817
6818 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6819 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6820 disabled. */
6821
6822 static void
6823 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6824 {
6825 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6826 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6827
6828 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6829 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6830 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6831 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6832 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6833 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6834 return;
6835
6836 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6837 {
6838 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6839 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6840
6841 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6842 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6843 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6844 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6845 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6846 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6847 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6848 || is_tracepoint (b))
6849 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6850 {
6851 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6852 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6853 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6854 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6855 loc->inserted = 0;
6856
6857 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6858 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6859
6860 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6861 {
6862 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6863 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6864 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6865 solib->so_name);
6866 }
6867 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6868 }
6869 }
6870 }
6871
6872 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6873
6874 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6875 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6876 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6877 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6878 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6879
6880 struct fork_catchpoint
6881 {
6882 /* The base class. */
6883 struct breakpoint base;
6884
6885 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6886 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6887 catchpoint has triggered. */
6888 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6889 };
6890
6891 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6892 catchpoints. */
6893
6894 static int
6895 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6896 {
6897 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6898 }
6899
6900 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6901 catchpoints. */
6902
6903 static int
6904 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6905 {
6906 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6907 }
6908
6909 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6910 catchpoints. */
6911
6912 static int
6913 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6914 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6915 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6916 {
6917 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6918
6919 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
6920 return 0;
6921
6922 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
6923 return 1;
6924 }
6925
6926 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6927 catchpoints. */
6928
6929 static enum print_stop_action
6930 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6931 {
6932 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6933 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6934 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6935
6936 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6937 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6938 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6939 else
6940 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6941 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6942 {
6943 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6944 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6945 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6946 }
6947 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6948 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6949 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6950 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6951 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6952 }
6953
6954 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6955 catchpoints. */
6956
6957 static void
6958 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6959 {
6960 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6961 struct value_print_options opts;
6962 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6963
6964 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6965
6966 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6967 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6968 readable). */
6969 if (opts.addressprint)
6970 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6971 annotate_field (5);
6972 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6973 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6974 {
6975 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6976 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6977 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6978 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6979 }
6980 }
6981
6982 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6983 catchpoints. */
6984
6985 static void
6986 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6987 {
6988 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6989 }
6990
6991 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6992 catchpoints. */
6993
6994 static void
6995 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6996 {
6997 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6998 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6999 }
7000
7001 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7002
7003 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7004
7005 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7006 catchpoints. */
7007
7008 static int
7009 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7010 {
7011 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7012 }
7013
7014 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7015 catchpoints. */
7016
7017 static int
7018 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7019 {
7020 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7021 }
7022
7023 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7024 catchpoints. */
7025
7026 static int
7027 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7028 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7029 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7030 {
7031 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7032
7033 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7034 return 0;
7035
7036 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7037 return 1;
7038 }
7039
7040 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7041 catchpoints. */
7042
7043 static enum print_stop_action
7044 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7045 {
7046 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7047 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7048 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7049
7050 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7051 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7053 else
7054 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7056 {
7057 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7058 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7059 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7060 }
7061 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7062 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7063 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7064 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7065 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7066 }
7067
7068 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7069 catchpoints. */
7070
7071 static void
7072 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7073 {
7074 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7075 struct value_print_options opts;
7076 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7077
7078 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7079 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7080 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7081 readable). */
7082 if (opts.addressprint)
7083 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7084 annotate_field (5);
7085 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7086 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7087 {
7088 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7089 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7090 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7091 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7092 }
7093 }
7094
7095 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7096 catchpoints. */
7097
7098 static void
7099 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7100 {
7101 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7102 }
7103
7104 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7105 catchpoints. */
7106
7107 static void
7108 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7109 {
7110 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7111 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7112 }
7113
7114 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7115
7116 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7117
7118 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7119 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7120 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7121 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7122 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7123
7124 struct solib_catchpoint
7125 {
7126 /* The base class. */
7127 struct breakpoint base;
7128
7129 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7130 unsigned char is_load;
7131
7132 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7133 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7134 char *regex;
7135 regex_t compiled;
7136 };
7137
7138 static void
7139 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7140 {
7141 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7142
7143 if (self->regex)
7144 regfree (&self->compiled);
7145 xfree (self->regex);
7146
7147 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7148 }
7149
7150 static int
7151 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7152 {
7153 return 0;
7154 }
7155
7156 static int
7157 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7158 {
7159 return 0;
7160 }
7161
7162 static int
7163 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7164 struct address_space *aspace,
7165 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7166 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7167 {
7168 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7169 struct breakpoint *other;
7170
7171 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7172 return 1;
7173
7174 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7175 {
7176 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7177
7178 if (other == bl->owner)
7179 continue;
7180
7181 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7182 continue;
7183
7184 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7185 continue;
7186
7187 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7188 {
7189 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7190 return 1;
7191 }
7192 }
7193
7194 return 0;
7195 }
7196
7197 static void
7198 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7199 {
7200 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7201 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7202 int ix;
7203
7204 if (self->is_load)
7205 {
7206 struct so_list *iter;
7207
7208 for (ix = 0;
7209 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7210 ix, iter);
7211 ++ix)
7212 {
7213 if (!self->regex
7214 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7215 return;
7216 }
7217 }
7218 else
7219 {
7220 char *iter;
7221
7222 for (ix = 0;
7223 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7224 ix, iter);
7225 ++ix)
7226 {
7227 if (!self->regex
7228 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7229 return;
7230 }
7231 }
7232
7233 bs->stop = 0;
7234 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7235 }
7236
7237 static enum print_stop_action
7238 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7239 {
7240 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7241 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7242
7243 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7244 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7245 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7246 else
7247 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7248 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7249 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7250 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7251 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7252 print_solib_event (1);
7253 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7254 }
7255
7256 static void
7257 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7258 {
7259 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7260 struct value_print_options opts;
7261 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7262 char *msg;
7263
7264 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7265 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7266 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7267 readable). */
7268 if (opts.addressprint)
7269 {
7270 annotate_field (4);
7271 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7272 }
7273
7274 annotate_field (5);
7275 if (self->is_load)
7276 {
7277 if (self->regex)
7278 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7279 else
7280 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7281 }
7282 else
7283 {
7284 if (self->regex)
7285 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7286 else
7287 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7288 }
7289 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7290 xfree (msg);
7291 }
7292
7293 static void
7294 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7295 {
7296 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7297
7298 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7299 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7300 }
7301
7302 static void
7303 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7304 {
7305 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7306
7307 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7308 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7309 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7310 if (self->regex)
7311 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7312 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7313 }
7314
7315 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7316
7317 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7318 "catch unload". */
7319
7320 static void
7321 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7322 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7323 {
7324 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7325 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7326 int tempflag;
7327 regex_t compiled;
7328 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7329
7330 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7331
7332 if (!arg)
7333 arg = "";
7334 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7335
7336 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7337 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7338
7339 if (*arg != '\0')
7340 {
7341 int errcode;
7342
7343 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7344 if (errcode != 0)
7345 {
7346 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7347
7348 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7349 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7350 }
7351 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7352 }
7353
7354 c->is_load = is_load;
7355 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
7356 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7357
7358 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7359 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7360 }
7361
7362 static void
7363 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7364 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7365 {
7366 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7367 }
7368
7369 static void
7370 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7371 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7372 {
7373 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7374 }
7375
7376 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7377 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7378 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7379 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7380 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7381
7382 struct syscall_catchpoint
7383 {
7384 /* The base class. */
7385 struct breakpoint base;
7386
7387 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7388 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7389 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7390 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7391 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7392 };
7393
7394 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7395 catchpoints. */
7396
7397 static void
7398 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7399 {
7400 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7401
7402 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7403
7404 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7405 }
7406
7407 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7408 catchpoints. */
7409
7410 static int
7411 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7412 {
7413 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7414 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7415
7416 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
7417 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7418 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
7419 else
7420 {
7421 int i, iter;
7422
7423 for (i = 0;
7424 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7425 i++)
7426 {
7427 int elem;
7428
7429 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
7430 {
7431 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
7432 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
7433 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
7434 uintptr_t vec_addr;
7435 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
7436 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
7437 vec_addr_offset;
7438 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
7439 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
7440 }
7441 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
7442 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
7443 }
7444 }
7445
7446 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
7447 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
7448 inf->any_syscall_count,
7449 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
7450 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
7451 }
7452
7453 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7454 catchpoints. */
7455
7456 static int
7457 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7458 {
7459 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7460 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7461
7462 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
7463 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7464 --inf->any_syscall_count;
7465 else
7466 {
7467 int i, iter;
7468
7469 for (i = 0;
7470 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7471 i++)
7472 {
7473 int elem;
7474 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
7475 /* Shouldn't happen. */
7476 continue;
7477 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
7478 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
7479 }
7480 }
7481
7482 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
7483 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
7484 inf->any_syscall_count,
7485 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
7486 VEC_address (int,
7487 inf->syscalls_counts));
7488 }
7489
7490 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7491 catchpoints. */
7492
7493 static int
7494 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
7495 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7496 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7497 {
7498 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
7499 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
7500 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
7501 int syscall_number = 0;
7502 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
7503 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7504
7505 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7506 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
7507 return 0;
7508
7509 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
7510
7511 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
7512 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7513 {
7514 int i, iter;
7515
7516 for (i = 0;
7517 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7518 i++)
7519 if (syscall_number == iter)
7520 break;
7521 /* Not the same. */
7522 if (!iter)
7523 return 0;
7524 }
7525
7526 return 1;
7527 }
7528
7529 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7530 catchpoints. */
7531
7532 static enum print_stop_action
7533 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
7534 {
7535 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7536 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7537 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
7538 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7539 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
7540 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
7541 ptid_t ptid;
7542 struct target_waitstatus last;
7543 struct syscall s;
7544 char *syscall_id;
7545
7546 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
7547
7548 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
7549
7550 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7551
7552 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7553 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7554 else
7555 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7556 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7557 {
7558 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7559 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7560 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7561 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
7562 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7563 }
7564 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7565
7566 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
7567 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
7568 else
7569 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
7570
7571 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7572 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
7573 if (s.name != NULL)
7574 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
7575
7576 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7577
7578 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7579 }
7580
7581 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7582 catchpoints. */
7583
7584 static void
7585 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
7586 struct bp_location **last_loc)
7587 {
7588 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7589 struct value_print_options opts;
7590 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7591
7592 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7593 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7594 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7595 readable). */
7596 if (opts.addressprint)
7597 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7598 annotate_field (5);
7599
7600 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
7601 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7602 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
7603 else
7604 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
7605
7606 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7607 {
7608 int i, iter;
7609 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
7610
7611 for (i = 0;
7612 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7613 i++)
7614 {
7615 char *x = text;
7616 struct syscall s;
7617 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7618
7619 if (s.name != NULL)
7620 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
7621 else
7622 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
7623
7624 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
7625 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
7626 on every call. */
7627 xfree (x);
7628 }
7629 /* Remove the last comma. */
7630 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
7631 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
7632 }
7633 else
7634 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
7635 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7636 }
7637
7638 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7639 catchpoints. */
7640
7641 static void
7642 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7643 {
7644 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7645
7646 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7647 {
7648 int i, iter;
7649
7650 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7651 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
7652 else
7653 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
7654
7655 for (i = 0;
7656 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7657 i++)
7658 {
7659 struct syscall s;
7660 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7661
7662 if (s.name)
7663 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
7664 else
7665 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
7666 }
7667 printf_filtered (")");
7668 }
7669 else
7670 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
7671 b->number);
7672 }
7673
7674 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7675 catchpoints. */
7676
7677 static void
7678 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7679 {
7680 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7681
7682 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
7683
7684 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7685 {
7686 int i, iter;
7687
7688 for (i = 0;
7689 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7690 i++)
7691 {
7692 struct syscall s;
7693
7694 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7695 if (s.name)
7696 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
7697 else
7698 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
7699 }
7700 }
7701 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7702 }
7703
7704 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
7705
7706 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
7707
7708 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
7709
7710 static int
7711 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
7712 {
7713 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
7714 }
7715
7716 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
7717 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
7718 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
7719 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
7720
7721 static void
7722 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7723 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
7724 char *cond_string,
7725 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7726 {
7727 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7728
7729 init_sal (&sal);
7730 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
7731
7732 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
7733
7734 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
7735 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7736 }
7737
7738 void
7739 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
7740 {
7741 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7742 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7743 if (!internal)
7744 mention (b);
7745 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7746
7747 if (update_gll)
7748 update_global_location_list (1);
7749 }
7750
7751 static void
7752 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7753 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
7754 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7755 {
7756 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
7757
7758 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
7759
7760 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
7761
7762 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7763 }
7764
7765 /* Exec catchpoints. */
7766
7767 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
7768 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7769 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7770 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7771 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7772
7773 struct exec_catchpoint
7774 {
7775 /* The base class. */
7776 struct breakpoint base;
7777
7778 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
7779 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
7780 triggered. */
7781 char *exec_pathname;
7782 };
7783
7784 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7785 catchpoints. */
7786
7787 static void
7788 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7789 {
7790 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7791
7792 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
7793
7794 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7795 }
7796
7797 static int
7798 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7799 {
7800 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7801 }
7802
7803 static int
7804 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7805 {
7806 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7807 }
7808
7809 static int
7810 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
7811 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7812 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7813 {
7814 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7815
7816 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
7817 return 0;
7818
7819 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
7820 return 1;
7821 }
7822
7823 static enum print_stop_action
7824 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
7825 {
7826 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7827 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7828 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7829
7830 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7831 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7832 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7833 else
7834 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7835 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7836 {
7837 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7838 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
7839 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7840 }
7841 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7842 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
7843 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
7844 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7845
7846 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7847 }
7848
7849 static void
7850 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7851 {
7852 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7853 struct value_print_options opts;
7854 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7855
7856 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7857
7858 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
7859 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
7860 is relatively readable). */
7861 if (opts.addressprint)
7862 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7863 annotate_field (5);
7864 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
7865 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
7866 {
7867 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
7868 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
7869 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7870 }
7871 }
7872
7873 static void
7874 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7875 {
7876 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
7877 }
7878
7879 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7880 catchpoints. */
7881
7882 static void
7883 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7884 {
7885 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
7886 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7887 }
7888
7889 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
7890
7891 static void
7892 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
7893 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7894 {
7895 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
7896 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7897
7898 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
7899 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
7900 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
7901
7902 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7903 }
7904
7905 static int
7906 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7907 {
7908 int i = 0;
7909 struct breakpoint *b;
7910 struct bp_location *bl;
7911
7912 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7913 {
7914 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7915 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7916 {
7917 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7918 one register. */
7919 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7920 }
7921 }
7922
7923 return i;
7924 }
7925
7926 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
7927 watchpoint. */
7928
7929 static int
7930 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
7931 {
7932 int i = 0;
7933 struct bp_location *bl;
7934
7935 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7936 return 0;
7937
7938 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7939 {
7940 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7941 one register. */
7942 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7943 }
7944
7945 return i;
7946 }
7947
7948 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
7949 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
7950 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
7951 types _not_ TYPE. */
7952
7953 static int
7954 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
7955 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
7956 {
7957 int i = 0;
7958 struct breakpoint *b;
7959
7960 *other_type_used = 0;
7961 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7962 {
7963 if (b == except)
7964 continue;
7965 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7966 continue;
7967
7968 if (b->type == type)
7969 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
7970 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7971 *other_type_used = 1;
7972 }
7973
7974 return i;
7975 }
7976
7977 void
7978 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7979 {
7980 struct breakpoint *b;
7981
7982 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7983 {
7984 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7985 {
7986 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7987 update_global_location_list (0);
7988 }
7989 }
7990 }
7991
7992 void
7993 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7994 {
7995 struct breakpoint *b;
7996
7997 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7998 {
7999 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8000 {
8001 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8002 update_global_location_list (1);
8003 }
8004 }
8005 }
8006
8007 void
8008 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8009 {
8010 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8011 update_global_location_list (0);
8012 }
8013
8014 void
8015 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8016 {
8017 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8018 breakpoint_re_set ();
8019 }
8020
8021
8022 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8023 at address specified by SAL.
8024 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8025
8026 struct breakpoint *
8027 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8028 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8029 {
8030 struct breakpoint *b;
8031
8032 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
8033 one. */
8034 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
8035
8036 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8037 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8038 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8039 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8040
8041 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8042 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8043 control. */
8044 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8045 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8046
8047 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8048
8049 return b;
8050 }
8051
8052 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8053 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8054 breakpoint_ops. */
8055
8056 static struct breakpoint *
8057 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8058 enum bptype type,
8059 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8060 {
8061 struct breakpoint *copy;
8062
8063 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8064 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8065 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8066
8067 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8068 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8069 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8070 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8071 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8072
8073 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8074 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8075
8076 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8077 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8078 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8079 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8080
8081 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8082 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8083 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8084
8085 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8086 return copy;
8087 }
8088
8089 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8090 ORIG is NULL. */
8091
8092 struct breakpoint *
8093 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8094 {
8095 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8096 if (orig == NULL)
8097 return NULL;
8098
8099 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8100 }
8101
8102 struct breakpoint *
8103 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8104 enum bptype type)
8105 {
8106 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8107
8108 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8109 sal.pc = pc;
8110 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8111 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8112
8113 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8114 }
8115 \f
8116
8117 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8118
8119 static void
8120 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8121 {
8122 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8123 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8124 return;
8125 printf_filtered ("\n");
8126 }
8127 \f
8128
8129 static struct bp_location *
8130 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8131 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8132 {
8133 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8134 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8135 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8136
8137 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8138 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8139
8140 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8141 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8142 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8143 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8144 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8145 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8146 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8147 sal->pc, b->type);
8148
8149 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8150 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8151 ;
8152 *tmp = loc;
8153
8154 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8155 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8156 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8157 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8158 loc->section = sal->section;
8159 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8160
8161 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8162 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8163 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8164
8165 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8166 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8167 return loc;
8168 }
8169 \f
8170
8171 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8172 return 0 otherwise. */
8173
8174 static int
8175 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8176 {
8177 int len;
8178 CORE_ADDR addr;
8179 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8180 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8181 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8182 int retval = 0;
8183
8184 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8185
8186 addr = loc->address;
8187 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8188
8189 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8190 if (bpoint == NULL)
8191 return 0;
8192
8193 target_mem = alloca (len);
8194
8195 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8196 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8197 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8198 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8199
8200 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8201 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8202
8203 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8204 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8205 retval = 1;
8206
8207 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8208
8209 return retval;
8210 }
8211
8212
8213
8214 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8215 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8216 as condition expression. */
8217
8218 static void
8219 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8220 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8221 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8222 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8223 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8224 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8225 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
8226 {
8227 int i;
8228
8229 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8230 {
8231 int target_resources_ok;
8232
8233 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8234 target_resources_ok =
8235 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8236 i + 1, 0);
8237 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8238 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8239 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8240 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8241 }
8242
8243 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8244
8245 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8246 {
8247 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8248 struct bp_location *loc;
8249
8250 if (from_tty)
8251 {
8252 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8253 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8254 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8255
8256 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8257 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8258 }
8259
8260 if (i == 0)
8261 {
8262 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8263 b->thread = thread;
8264 b->task = task;
8265
8266 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8267 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8268 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8269 b->disposition = disposition;
8270
8271 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8272 {
8273 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8274 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8275
8276 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8277 {
8278 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8279 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8280 char *p = &addr_string[3];
8281 char *endp;
8282 char *marker_str;
8283
8284 p = skip_spaces (p);
8285
8286 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8287
8288 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8289 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
8290
8291 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8292 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8293 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8294 }
8295 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8296 {
8297 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
8298 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
8299
8300 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8301 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8302 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8303 }
8304 else
8305 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8306 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8307 }
8308
8309 loc = b->loc;
8310 }
8311 else
8312 {
8313 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8314 }
8315
8316 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8317 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
8318
8319 if (b->cond_string)
8320 {
8321 char *arg = b->cond_string;
8322 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8323 if (*arg)
8324 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
8325 }
8326 }
8327
8328 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8329 if (addr_string)
8330 b->addr_string = addr_string;
8331 else
8332 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
8333 me. */
8334 b->addr_string
8335 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
8336 b->filter = filter;
8337 }
8338
8339 static void
8340 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8341 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8342 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8343 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8344 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8345 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8346 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
8347 {
8348 struct breakpoint *b;
8349 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8350
8351 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
8352 {
8353 struct tracepoint *t;
8354
8355 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8356 b = &t->base;
8357 }
8358 else
8359 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8360
8361 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
8362
8363 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
8364 sals, addr_string,
8365 filter, cond_string,
8366 type, disposition,
8367 thread, task, ignore_count,
8368 ops, from_tty,
8369 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
8370 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
8371
8372 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
8373 }
8374
8375 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8376 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8377 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8378 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8379 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8380 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8381 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8382 we take just a single condition string.
8383
8384 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8385 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8386 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8387 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8388 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8389
8390 static void
8391 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8392 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8393 char *cond_string,
8394 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8395 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8396 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8397 int enabled, int internal)
8398 {
8399 int i;
8400 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
8401
8402 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
8403 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
8404
8405 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
8406 {
8407 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8408 'break', without arguments. */
8409 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
8410 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
8411 : NULL);
8412 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
8413 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
8414
8415 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
8416 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
8417 addr_string,
8418 filter_string,
8419 cond_string, type, disposition,
8420 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8421 from_tty, enabled, internal,
8422 canonical->special_display);
8423 discard_cleanups (inner);
8424 }
8425 }
8426
8427 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8428 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8429 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
8430 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
8431
8432 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8433 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8434
8435 static void
8436 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
8437 struct linespec_result *canonical)
8438 {
8439 char *addr_start = *address;
8440
8441 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
8442 breakpoint. */
8443 if ((*address) == NULL
8444 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
8445 {
8446 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
8447 address. */
8448 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8449 {
8450 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8451 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8452
8453 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
8454 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
8455 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8456
8457 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8458 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
8459 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
8460 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
8461
8462 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8463 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8464 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8465 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8466 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8467 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8468
8469 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
8470 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
8471 lsal.canonical = NULL;
8472
8473 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
8474 }
8475 else
8476 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8477 }
8478 else
8479 {
8480 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8481 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8482 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8483 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
8484 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8485 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8486 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8487 get_last_displayed_line (),
8488 canonical, NULL, NULL);
8489 else
8490 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8491 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
8492 canonical, NULL, NULL);
8493 }
8494 }
8495
8496
8497 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8498 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8499
8500 static void
8501 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
8502 {
8503 int i;
8504
8505 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
8506 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
8507 }
8508
8509 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8510 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8511 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8512 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8513 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8514 it, etc. */
8515
8516 static void
8517 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8518 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
8519 {
8520 int i, rslt;
8521 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
8522 char *msg;
8523 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8524
8525 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
8526 {
8527 struct gdbarch *sarch;
8528
8529 sal = &sals->sals[i];
8530
8531 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8532 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8533 associated with SAL. */
8534 if (sarch == NULL)
8535 sarch = gdbarch;
8536 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
8537 NULL, &msg);
8538 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
8539
8540 if (!rslt)
8541 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
8542 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
8543
8544 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8545 }
8546 }
8547
8548 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
8549 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
8550 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
8551 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
8552 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
8553 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
8554 static void
8555 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
8556 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
8557 {
8558 *cond_string = NULL;
8559 *thread = -1;
8560 while (tok && *tok)
8561 {
8562 char *end_tok;
8563 int toklen;
8564 char *cond_start = NULL;
8565 char *cond_end = NULL;
8566
8567 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
8568
8569 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
8570
8571 toklen = end_tok - tok;
8572
8573 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
8574 {
8575 struct expression *expr;
8576
8577 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
8578 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
8579 xfree (expr);
8580 cond_end = tok;
8581 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
8582 cond_end - cond_start);
8583 }
8584 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
8585 {
8586 char *tmptok;
8587
8588 tok = end_tok + 1;
8589 tmptok = tok;
8590 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
8591 if (tok == tmptok)
8592 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8593 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
8594 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
8595 }
8596 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
8597 {
8598 char *tmptok;
8599
8600 tok = end_tok + 1;
8601 tmptok = tok;
8602 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
8603 if (tok == tmptok)
8604 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8605 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
8606 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
8607 }
8608 else
8609 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8610 }
8611 }
8612
8613 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8614
8615 static struct symtabs_and_lines
8616 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
8617 {
8618 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
8619 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8620 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8621 struct symbol *sym;
8622 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8623 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
8624 char *endp;
8625 char *marker_str;
8626 int i;
8627
8628 p = skip_spaces (p);
8629
8630 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8631
8632 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8633 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
8634
8635 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
8636 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
8637 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
8638
8639 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
8640 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
8641
8642 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8643 {
8644 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
8645
8646 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
8647
8648 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
8649
8650 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
8651 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
8652
8653 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
8654 }
8655
8656 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8657
8658 *arg_p = endp;
8659 return sals;
8660 }
8661
8662 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8663 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8664 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
8665 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
8666 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
8667 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
8668 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
8669 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
8670 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
8671 false otherwise. */
8672
8673 int
8674 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8675 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
8676 int parse_condition_and_thread,
8677 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
8678 int ignore_count,
8679 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
8680 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8681 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
8682 {
8683 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
8684 char *copy_arg = NULL;
8685 char *addr_start = arg;
8686 struct linespec_result canonical;
8687 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8688 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
8689 int i;
8690 int pending = 0;
8691 int task = 0;
8692 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
8693
8694 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
8695
8696 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
8697
8698 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8699 {
8700 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
8701 addr_start, &copy_arg);
8702 }
8703
8704 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8705 switch (e.reason)
8706 {
8707 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
8708 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
8709 return 0;
8710 break;
8711 case RETURN_ERROR:
8712 switch (e.error)
8713 {
8714 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
8715
8716 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8717 error. */
8718
8719 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
8720 throw_exception (e);
8721
8722 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
8723
8724 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8725 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8726 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8727 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
8728 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
8729 return 0;
8730
8731 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8732 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8733 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8734 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8735 {
8736 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8737
8738 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
8739 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
8740 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
8741 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
8742 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
8743 pending = 1;
8744 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
8745 }
8746 break;
8747 default:
8748 throw_exception (e);
8749 }
8750 break;
8751 default:
8752 throw_exception (e);
8753 }
8754
8755 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8756 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
8757
8758 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8759 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8760 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8761 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8762 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8763
8764 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8765 are ok for the target. */
8766 if (!pending)
8767 {
8768 int ix;
8769 struct linespec_sals *iter;
8770
8771 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
8772 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
8773 }
8774
8775 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8776 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
8777 {
8778 int ix;
8779 struct linespec_sals *iter;
8780
8781 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
8782 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
8783 }
8784
8785 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8786 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8787 breakpoint. */
8788 if (!pending)
8789 {
8790 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
8791
8792 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
8793
8794 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
8795 {
8796 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8797 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8798 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8799 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8800 cond_string = NULL;
8801 thread = -1;
8802 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
8803 &thread, &task);
8804 if (cond_string)
8805 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8806 }
8807 else
8808 {
8809 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8810 if (cond_string)
8811 {
8812 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8813 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8814 }
8815 }
8816
8817 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
8818 cond_string, type_wanted,
8819 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8820 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8821 from_tty, enabled, internal);
8822 }
8823 else
8824 {
8825 struct breakpoint *b;
8826
8827 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8828
8829 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
8830 {
8831 struct tracepoint *t;
8832
8833 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8834 b = &t->base;
8835 }
8836 else
8837 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8838
8839 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
8840
8841 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
8842 b->cond_string = NULL;
8843 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8844 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8845 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8846 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8847 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
8848 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
8849 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8850
8851 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
8852 }
8853
8854 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
8855 {
8856 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8857 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8858 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8859 }
8860
8861 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8862 breakpoint. */
8863 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8864 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8865 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8866
8867 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8868 update_global_location_list (1);
8869
8870 return 1;
8871 }
8872
8873 /* Set a breakpoint.
8874 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8875 condition, and thread.
8876 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8877 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8878 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8879
8880 static void
8881 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8882 {
8883 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8884 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8885 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8886 : bp_breakpoint);
8887
8888 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8889 arg,
8890 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8891 tempflag, type_wanted,
8892 0 /* Ignore count */,
8893 pending_break_support,
8894 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
8895 from_tty,
8896 1 /* enabled */,
8897 0 /* internal */);
8898 }
8899
8900 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8901
8902 void
8903 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8904 {
8905 CORE_ADDR pc;
8906
8907 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8908 {
8909 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8910 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8911 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8912 sal->pc = pc;
8913
8914 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8915 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8916 if (sal->explicit_line)
8917 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8918 }
8919
8920 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8921 {
8922 struct blockvector *bv;
8923 struct block *b;
8924 struct symbol *sym;
8925
8926 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8927 if (bv != NULL)
8928 {
8929 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8930 if (sym != NULL)
8931 {
8932 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8933 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8934 }
8935 else
8936 {
8937 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8938 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8939 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8940 happen in assembly source). */
8941
8942 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8943 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8944
8945 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8946
8947 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8948 if (msym)
8949 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8950
8951 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8952 }
8953 }
8954 }
8955 }
8956
8957 void
8958 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8959 {
8960 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8961 }
8962
8963 void
8964 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8965 {
8966 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8967 }
8968
8969 static void
8970 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8971 {
8972 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8973 }
8974
8975 static void
8976 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8977 {
8978 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8979 }
8980
8981 static void
8982 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8983 {
8984 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8985 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8986 stop at <line>\n"));
8987 }
8988
8989 static void
8990 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8991 {
8992 int badInput = 0;
8993
8994 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8995 badInput = 1;
8996 else if (*arg != '*')
8997 {
8998 char *argptr = arg;
8999 int hasColon = 0;
9000
9001 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9002 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9003 function/method name. */
9004 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9005 {
9006 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9007 argptr++;
9008 }
9009
9010 if (hasColon)
9011 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9012 else
9013 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9014 }
9015
9016 if (badInput)
9017 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9018 else
9019 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9020 }
9021
9022 static void
9023 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9024 {
9025 int badInput = 0;
9026
9027 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9028 badInput = 1;
9029 else
9030 {
9031 char *argptr = arg;
9032 int hasColon = 0;
9033
9034 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9035 it is probably a line number. */
9036 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9037 {
9038 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9039 argptr++;
9040 }
9041
9042 if (hasColon)
9043 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9044 else
9045 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9046 }
9047
9048 if (badInput)
9049 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9050 else
9051 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9052 }
9053
9054 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9055 ranged breakpoints. */
9056
9057 static int
9058 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9059 struct address_space *aspace,
9060 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9061 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9062 {
9063 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9064 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9065 return 0;
9066
9067 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9068 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9069 }
9070
9071 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9072 ranged breakpoints. */
9073
9074 static int
9075 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9076 {
9077 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9078 }
9079
9080 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9081 ranged breakpoints. */
9082
9083 static enum print_stop_action
9084 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9085 {
9086 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9087 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9088 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9089
9090 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9091
9092 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9093 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9094
9095 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9096 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9097 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9098 else
9099 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9100 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9101 {
9102 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9103 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9104 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9105 }
9106 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9107 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9108
9109 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9110 }
9111
9112 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9113 ranged breakpoints. */
9114
9115 static void
9116 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9117 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9118 {
9119 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9120 struct value_print_options opts;
9121 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9122
9123 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9124 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9125
9126 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9127
9128 if (opts.addressprint)
9129 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9130 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9131 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9132 annotate_field (5);
9133 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9134 *last_loc = bl;
9135 }
9136
9137 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9138 ranged breakpoints. */
9139
9140 static void
9141 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9142 struct ui_out *uiout)
9143 {
9144 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9145 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9146 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
9147 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
9148
9149 gdb_assert (bl);
9150
9151 address_start = bl->address;
9152 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9153
9154 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9155 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
9156 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9157 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9158 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9159 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9160
9161 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9162 }
9163
9164 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9165 ranged breakpoints. */
9166
9167 static void
9168 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9169 {
9170 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9171 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9172
9173 gdb_assert (bl);
9174 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9175
9176 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9177 return;
9178
9179 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9180 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9181 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9182 }
9183
9184 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9185 ranged breakpoints. */
9186
9187 static void
9188 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9189 {
9190 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
9191 b->addr_string_range_end);
9192 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9193 }
9194
9195 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9196
9197 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9198
9199 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9200 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9201 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9202 last instruction of the given line. */
9203
9204 static CORE_ADDR
9205 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9206 {
9207 CORE_ADDR end;
9208
9209 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9210 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9211 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9212 end = sal.pc;
9213 else
9214 {
9215 int ret;
9216 CORE_ADDR start;
9217
9218 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9219 if (!ret)
9220 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9221
9222 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9223 end--;
9224 }
9225
9226 return end;
9227 }
9228
9229 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9230
9231 static void
9232 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9233 {
9234 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
9235 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9236 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9237 CORE_ADDR end;
9238 struct breakpoint *b;
9239 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
9240 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
9241 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
9242
9243 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9244 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9245 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9246
9247 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9248 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9249 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9250 bp_count, 0);
9251 if (can_use_bp < 0)
9252 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9253
9254 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9255 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9256 error(_("No address range specified."));
9257
9258 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
9259
9260 arg_start = arg;
9261 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
9262
9263 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
9264
9265 if (arg[0] != ',')
9266 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9267 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
9268 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9269
9270 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
9271
9272 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
9273 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
9274 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9275
9276 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
9277 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9278 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
9279
9280 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9281 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9282
9283 /* Parse the end location. */
9284
9285 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
9286 arg_start = arg;
9287
9288 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9289 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9290 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9291 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9292 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9293 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9294 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9295 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9296
9297 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
9298
9299 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
9300 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9301
9302 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
9303 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
9304 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
9305 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9306
9307 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
9308 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9309 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
9310
9311 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9312 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9313 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9314
9315 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9316 if (length < 0)
9317 /* Length overflowed. */
9318 error (_("Address range too large."));
9319 else if (length == 1)
9320 {
9321 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9322 the `hbreak' command. */
9323 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
9324
9325 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
9326
9327 return;
9328 }
9329
9330 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9331 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9332 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9333 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9334 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9335 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9336 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
9337 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
9338 b->loc->length = length;
9339
9340 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
9341
9342 mention (b);
9343 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9344 update_global_location_list (1);
9345 }
9346
9347 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9348 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9349 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9350 zero. */
9351
9352 static int
9353 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9354 {
9355 int i = exp->nelts;
9356
9357 while (i > 0)
9358 {
9359 int oplenp, argsp;
9360
9361 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9362 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9363 i -= oplenp;
9364
9365 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9366 {
9367 case BINOP_ADD:
9368 case BINOP_SUB:
9369 case BINOP_MUL:
9370 case BINOP_DIV:
9371 case BINOP_REM:
9372 case BINOP_MOD:
9373 case BINOP_LSH:
9374 case BINOP_RSH:
9375 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9376 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9377 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9378 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9379 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9380 case BINOP_EQUAL:
9381 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
9382 case BINOP_LESS:
9383 case BINOP_GTR:
9384 case BINOP_LEQ:
9385 case BINOP_GEQ:
9386 case BINOP_REPEAT:
9387 case BINOP_COMMA:
9388 case BINOP_EXP:
9389 case BINOP_MIN:
9390 case BINOP_MAX:
9391 case BINOP_INTDIV:
9392 case BINOP_CONCAT:
9393 case BINOP_IN:
9394 case BINOP_RANGE:
9395 case TERNOP_COND:
9396 case TERNOP_SLICE:
9397 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
9398
9399 case OP_LONG:
9400 case OP_DOUBLE:
9401 case OP_DECFLOAT:
9402 case OP_LAST:
9403 case OP_COMPLEX:
9404 case OP_STRING:
9405 case OP_BITSTRING:
9406 case OP_ARRAY:
9407 case OP_TYPE:
9408 case OP_NAME:
9409 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
9410
9411 case UNOP_NEG:
9412 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
9413 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
9414 case UNOP_ADDR:
9415 case UNOP_HIGH:
9416 case UNOP_CAST:
9417 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9418 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9419 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9420 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9421
9422 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9423 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9424 ADDR is. */
9425 break;
9426
9427 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
9428 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9429
9430 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9431 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9432 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9433 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9434
9435 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9436 are always constant. */
9437 {
9438 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
9439
9440 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
9441 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
9442 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
9443 return 0;
9444 break;
9445 }
9446
9447 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9448 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9449 then it is not a constant. */
9450 default:
9451 return 0;
9452 }
9453 }
9454
9455 return 1;
9456 }
9457
9458 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9459
9460 static void
9461 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
9462 {
9463 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
9464
9465 xfree (w->cond_exp);
9466 xfree (w->exp);
9467 xfree (w->exp_string);
9468 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
9469 value_free (w->val);
9470
9471 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
9472 }
9473
9474 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9475
9476 static void
9477 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9478 {
9479 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9480
9481 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9482 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9483
9484 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9485 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9486 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9487 are loaded and unloaded.
9488
9489 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9490 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9491 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9492 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9493 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9494 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9495
9496 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9497 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9498 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9499 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9500
9501 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9502 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9503
9504 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9505 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9506 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
9507 }
9508
9509 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9510
9511 static int
9512 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9513 {
9514 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9515 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
9516
9517 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
9518 w->cond_exp);
9519 }
9520
9521 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9522
9523 static int
9524 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9525 {
9526 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9527 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
9528
9529 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
9530 w->cond_exp);
9531 }
9532
9533 static int
9534 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9535 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9536 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9537 {
9538 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
9539 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9540
9541 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
9542 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
9543 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
9544 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
9545 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
9546 (did not match the data address). */
9547 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
9548 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
9549 return 0;
9550
9551 return 1;
9552 }
9553
9554 static void
9555 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9556 {
9557 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
9558
9559 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
9560 }
9561
9562 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9563 hardware watchpoints. */
9564
9565 static int
9566 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9567 {
9568 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9569 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
9570
9571 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
9572 }
9573
9574 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9575 hardware watchpoints. */
9576
9577 static int
9578 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9579 {
9580 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
9581 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9582 }
9583
9584 static enum print_stop_action
9585 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9586 {
9587 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9588 struct breakpoint *b;
9589 const struct bp_location *bl;
9590 struct ui_stream *stb;
9591 enum print_stop_action result;
9592 struct watchpoint *w;
9593 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9594
9595 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
9596
9597 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
9598 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9599 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9600
9601 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
9602 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
9603
9604 switch (b->type)
9605 {
9606 case bp_watchpoint:
9607 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9608 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9609 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9610 ui_out_field_string
9611 (uiout, "reason",
9612 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9613 mention (b);
9614 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9615 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9616 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
9617 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9618 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
9619 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9620 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
9621 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9622 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9623 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9624 break;
9625
9626 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9627 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9628 ui_out_field_string
9629 (uiout, "reason",
9630 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9631 mention (b);
9632 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9633 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
9634 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9635 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
9636 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9637 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9638 break;
9639
9640 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9641 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
9642 {
9643 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9644 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9645 ui_out_field_string
9646 (uiout, "reason",
9647 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9648 mention (b);
9649 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9650 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9651 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
9652 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9653 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
9654 }
9655 else
9656 {
9657 mention (b);
9658 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9659 ui_out_field_string
9660 (uiout, "reason",
9661 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9662 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9663 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
9664 }
9665 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9666 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
9667 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9668 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9669 break;
9670 default:
9671 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9672 }
9673
9674 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9675 return result;
9676 }
9677
9678 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
9679 watchpoints. */
9680
9681 static void
9682 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9683 {
9684 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9685 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9686 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9687
9688 switch (b->type)
9689 {
9690 case bp_watchpoint:
9691 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
9692 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9693 break;
9694 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9695 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
9696 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9697 break;
9698 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9699 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
9700 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9701 break;
9702 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9703 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9704 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9705 break;
9706 default:
9707 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9708 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9709 }
9710
9711 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9712 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9713 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9714 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9715 }
9716
9717 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9718 watchpoints. */
9719
9720 static void
9721 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9722 {
9723 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9724
9725 switch (b->type)
9726 {
9727 case bp_watchpoint:
9728 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9729 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9730 break;
9731 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9733 break;
9734 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9735 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9736 break;
9737 default:
9738 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9739 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9740 }
9741
9742 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
9743 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9744 }
9745
9746 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
9747
9748 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9749
9750 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
9751 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9752
9753 static int
9754 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9755 {
9756 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9757
9758 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9759 bl->watchpoint_type);
9760 }
9761
9762 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
9763 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9764
9765 static int
9766 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9767 {
9768 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9769
9770 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9771 bl->watchpoint_type);
9772 }
9773
9774 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9775 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9776
9777 static int
9778 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9779 {
9780 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9781
9782 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
9783 }
9784
9785 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9786 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9787
9788 static int
9789 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9790 {
9791 return 0;
9792 }
9793
9794 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9795 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9796
9797 static enum print_stop_action
9798 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9799 {
9800 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9801 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9802
9803 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9804 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9805
9806 switch (b->type)
9807 {
9808 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9809 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9810 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9811 ui_out_field_string
9812 (uiout, "reason",
9813 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9814 break;
9815
9816 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9817 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9818 ui_out_field_string
9819 (uiout, "reason",
9820 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9821 break;
9822
9823 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9824 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9825 ui_out_field_string
9826 (uiout, "reason",
9827 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9828 break;
9829 default:
9830 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9831 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9832 }
9833
9834 mention (b);
9835 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
9836 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9837 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9838 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9839
9840 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9841 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9842 }
9843
9844 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9845 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9846
9847 static void
9848 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9849 struct ui_out *uiout)
9850 {
9851 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9852
9853 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9854 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9855
9856 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
9857 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
9858 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9859 }
9860
9861 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9862 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9863
9864 static void
9865 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9866 {
9867 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9868 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9869 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9870
9871 switch (b->type)
9872 {
9873 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9874 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9875 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9876 break;
9877 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9878 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9879 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9880 break;
9881 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9882 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9883 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9884 break;
9885 default:
9886 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9887 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9888 }
9889
9890 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9891 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9892 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9893 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9894 }
9895
9896 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9897 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9898
9899 static void
9900 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9901 {
9902 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9903 char tmp[40];
9904
9905 switch (b->type)
9906 {
9907 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9908 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9909 break;
9910 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9911 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9912 break;
9913 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9914 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9915 break;
9916 default:
9917 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9918 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9919 }
9920
9921 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
9922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
9923 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9924 }
9925
9926 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9927
9928 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9929
9930 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9931
9932 static int
9933 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9934 {
9935 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9936 }
9937
9938 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9939 hw_read: watch read,
9940 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9941 static void
9942 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9943 int just_location, int internal)
9944 {
9945 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9946 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9947 struct expression *exp;
9948 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9949 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9950 struct frame_info *frame;
9951 char *exp_start = NULL;
9952 char *exp_end = NULL;
9953 char *tok, *end_tok;
9954 int toklen = -1;
9955 char *cond_start = NULL;
9956 char *cond_end = NULL;
9957 enum bptype bp_type;
9958 int thread = -1;
9959 int pc = 0;
9960 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9961 the hardware watchpoint. */
9962 int use_mask = 0;
9963 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9964 struct watchpoint *w;
9965
9966 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9967 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9968 {
9969 char *value_start;
9970
9971 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9972 of the arguments string. */
9973 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9974 {
9975 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9976 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9977 tok--;
9978
9979 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9980 This is the value of the parameter. */
9981 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9982 tok--;
9983 value_start = tok + 1;
9984
9985 /* Skip whitespace. */
9986 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9987 tok--;
9988
9989 end_tok = tok;
9990
9991 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9992 This is the parameter itself. */
9993 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9994 tok--;
9995 tok++;
9996 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9997
9998 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9999 {
10000 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10001 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10002 only in a specific thread. */
10003 char *endp;
10004
10005 if (thread != -1)
10006 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10007
10008 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10009 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10010
10011 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10012 thread ID. */
10013 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10014 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10015
10016 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10017 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10018 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
10019 }
10020 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10021 {
10022 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10023 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10024 facility. */
10025 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10026
10027 if (use_mask)
10028 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10029
10030 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10031
10032 mark = value_mark ();
10033 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10034 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10035 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10036 }
10037 else
10038 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10039 break;
10040
10041 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10042 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10043 *tok = '\0';
10044 }
10045 }
10046
10047 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10048 innermost_block = NULL;
10049 exp_start = arg;
10050 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
10051 exp_end = arg;
10052 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10053 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10054 prettier. */
10055 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10056 --exp_end;
10057
10058 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10059 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10060 {
10061 int len;
10062
10063 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10064 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10065 len--;
10066 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10067 }
10068
10069 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10070 mark = value_mark ();
10071 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10072
10073 if (just_location)
10074 {
10075 int ret;
10076
10077 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10078 val = value_addr (result);
10079 release_value (val);
10080 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10081
10082 if (use_mask)
10083 {
10084 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10085 mask);
10086 if (ret == -1)
10087 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10088 else if (ret == -2)
10089 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10090 }
10091 }
10092 else if (val != NULL)
10093 release_value (val);
10094
10095 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10096 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10097
10098 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10099 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10100 {
10101 struct expression *cond;
10102
10103 innermost_block = NULL;
10104 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10105 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
10106
10107 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10108 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10109 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10110
10111 xfree (cond);
10112 cond_end = tok;
10113 }
10114 if (*tok)
10115 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10116
10117 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10118 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10119 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10120 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10121 else
10122 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10123
10124 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10125
10126 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10127 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10128 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10129 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10130 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10131 {
10132 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10133 {
10134 scope_breakpoint
10135 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10136 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10137 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10138 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10139
10140 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10141
10142 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10143 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10144
10145 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10146 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10147
10148 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10149 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10150 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10151 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10152 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10153 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10154 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10155 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10156 scope_breakpoint->type);
10157 }
10158 }
10159
10160 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10161
10162 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
10163 b = &w->base;
10164 if (use_mask)
10165 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10166 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10167 else
10168 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10169 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10170 b->thread = thread;
10171 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10172 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10173 w->exp = exp;
10174 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10175 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10176 if (just_location)
10177 {
10178 struct type *t = value_type (val);
10179 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
10180 char *name;
10181
10182 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
10183 name = type_to_string (t);
10184
10185 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
10186 core_addr_to_string (addr));
10187 xfree (name);
10188
10189 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10190 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10191
10192 /* The above expression is in C. */
10193 b->language = language_c;
10194 }
10195 else
10196 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10197
10198 if (use_mask)
10199 {
10200 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10201 }
10202 else
10203 {
10204 w->val = val;
10205 w->val_valid = 1;
10206 }
10207
10208 if (cond_start)
10209 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10210 else
10211 b->cond_string = 0;
10212
10213 if (frame)
10214 {
10215 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
10216 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10217 }
10218 else
10219 {
10220 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10221 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10222 }
10223
10224 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10225 {
10226 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10227 need to act on them together. */
10228 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10229 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
10230 }
10231
10232 if (!just_location)
10233 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10234
10235 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10236 {
10237 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10238 that should be inserted. */
10239 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
10240 }
10241 if (e.reason < 0)
10242 {
10243 delete_breakpoint (b);
10244 throw_exception (e);
10245 }
10246
10247 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
10248 }
10249
10250 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10251 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10252
10253 static int
10254 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
10255 {
10256 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10257 struct value *head = v;
10258
10259 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10260 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10261 return 0;
10262
10263 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10264 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10265 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10266 hardware watchpoint.
10267
10268 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10269 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10270 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10271 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10272 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10273 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10274 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10275 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10276 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10277
10278 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10279 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10280 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10281 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10282 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
10283 {
10284 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10285 {
10286 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10287 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10288 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10289 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10290 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10291 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10292 ;
10293 else
10294 {
10295 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10296 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10297 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10298
10299 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10300 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10301 middle of some value chain. */
10302 if (v == head
10303 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10304 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10305 {
10306 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10307 int len;
10308 int num_regs;
10309
10310 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10311 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10312 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10313
10314 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10315 if (!num_regs)
10316 return 0;
10317 else
10318 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10319 }
10320 }
10321 }
10322 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10323 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10324 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10325 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10326 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10327 }
10328
10329 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10330 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10331 return found_memory_cnt;
10332 }
10333
10334 void
10335 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10336 {
10337 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10338 }
10339
10340 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
10341 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
10342 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
10343 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
10344
10345 static int
10346 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
10347 {
10348 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
10349 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
10350 {
10351 *str += arg_len;
10352 return 1;
10353 }
10354 return 0;
10355 }
10356
10357 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10358 calls watch_command_1. */
10359
10360 static void
10361 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10362 {
10363 int just_location = 0;
10364
10365 if (arg
10366 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10367 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10368 {
10369 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10370 just_location = 1;
10371 }
10372
10373 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10374 }
10375
10376 static void
10377 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10378 {
10379 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10380 }
10381
10382 void
10383 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10384 {
10385 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10386 }
10387
10388 static void
10389 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10390 {
10391 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10392 }
10393
10394 void
10395 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10396 {
10397 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10398 }
10399
10400 static void
10401 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10402 {
10403 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
10404 }
10405 \f
10406
10407 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
10408 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
10409
10410 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
10411 {
10412 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
10413 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
10414 int thread_num;
10415 };
10416
10417 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
10418 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
10419 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
10420 command. */
10421 static void
10422 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
10423 {
10424 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
10425
10426 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
10427 if (a->breakpoint2)
10428 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
10429 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
10430 }
10431
10432 void
10433 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
10434 {
10435 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10436 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10437 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
10438 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
10439 struct frame_id stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
10440 struct frame_id caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10441 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
10442 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
10443 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10444 int thread;
10445 struct thread_info *tp;
10446
10447 clear_proceed_status ();
10448
10449 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10450 this function. */
10451
10452 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
10453 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10454 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10455 get_last_displayed_line ());
10456 else
10457 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10458 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
10459
10460 if (sals.nelts != 1)
10461 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10462
10463 sal = sals.sals[0];
10464 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
10465
10466 if (*arg)
10467 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10468
10469 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
10470
10471 tp = inferior_thread ();
10472 thread = tp->num;
10473
10474 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10475
10476 /* Installing a breakpoint invalidates the frame chain (as it may
10477 need to switch threads), so do any frame handling first. */
10478
10479 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
10480 one. */
10481
10482 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10483 {
10484 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
10485
10486 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
10487 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10488 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10489 sal2,
10490 caller_frame_id,
10491 bp_until);
10492 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
10493
10494 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
10495 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
10496 }
10497
10498 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
10499 frame = NULL;
10500
10501 if (anywhere)
10502 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
10503 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
10504 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
10505 null_frame_id, bp_until);
10506 else
10507 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
10508 only at the very same frame. */
10509 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
10510 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
10511 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
10512
10513 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
10514
10515 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
10516 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
10517 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
10518 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
10519
10520 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
10521 {
10522 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
10523 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
10524
10525 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
10526 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
10527 args->thread_num = thread;
10528
10529 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
10530 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
10531 until_break_command_continuation, args,
10532 xfree);
10533 }
10534 else
10535 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10536 }
10537
10538 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
10539 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
10540
10541 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
10542 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
10543 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
10544 if clause in the arg string. */
10545
10546 static char *
10547 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
10548 {
10549 char *cond_string;
10550
10551 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
10552 return NULL;
10553
10554 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
10555 (*arg) += 2;
10556
10557 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
10558 condition string. */
10559 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
10560 cond_string = *arg;
10561
10562 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
10563 string. */
10564 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
10565
10566 return cond_string;
10567 }
10568
10569 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
10570 process start/exit, etc. */
10571
10572 typedef enum
10573 {
10574 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
10575 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
10576 }
10577 catch_fork_kind;
10578
10579 static void
10580 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10581 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10582 {
10583 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10584 char *cond_string = NULL;
10585 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
10586 int tempflag;
10587
10588 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
10589 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
10590 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
10591
10592 if (!arg)
10593 arg = "";
10594 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10595
10596 /* The allowed syntax is:
10597 catch [v]fork
10598 catch [v]fork if <cond>
10599
10600 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10601 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10602
10603 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10604 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10605
10606 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
10607 and enable reporting of such events. */
10608 switch (fork_kind)
10609 {
10610 case catch_fork_temporary:
10611 case catch_fork_permanent:
10612 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10613 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
10614 break;
10615 case catch_vfork_temporary:
10616 case catch_vfork_permanent:
10617 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10618 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
10619 break;
10620 default:
10621 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
10622 break;
10623 }
10624 }
10625
10626 static void
10627 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10628 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10629 {
10630 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
10631 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10632 int tempflag;
10633 char *cond_string = NULL;
10634
10635 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10636
10637 if (!arg)
10638 arg = "";
10639 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10640
10641 /* The allowed syntax is:
10642 catch exec
10643 catch exec if <cond>
10644
10645 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10646 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10647
10648 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10649 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10650
10651 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
10652 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10653 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
10654 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
10655
10656 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
10657 }
10658
10659 static enum print_stop_action
10660 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
10661 {
10662 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10663 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10664 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
10665
10666 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
10667
10668 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10669 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
10670 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
10671 b->loc->address,
10672 b->number, 1);
10673 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10674 ui_out_text (uiout,
10675 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
10676 : "Catchpoint ");
10677 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10678 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10679 ui_out_text (uiout,
10680 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
10681 : " (exception caught), ");
10682 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10683 {
10684 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10685 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10686 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10687 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10688 }
10689 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10690 }
10691
10692 static void
10693 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10694 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10695 {
10696 struct value_print_options opts;
10697 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10698
10699 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10700 if (opts.addressprint)
10701 {
10702 annotate_field (4);
10703 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
10704 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
10705 else
10706 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
10707 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
10708 }
10709 annotate_field (5);
10710 if (b->loc)
10711 *last_loc = b->loc;
10712 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
10713 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
10714 else
10715 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
10716 }
10717
10718 static void
10719 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10720 {
10721 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10722 int bp_temp;
10723 int bp_throw;
10724
10725 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10726 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10727 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
10728 : _("Catchpoint "));
10729 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10730 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
10731 : _(" (catch)"));
10732 }
10733
10734 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
10735 catch catchpoints. */
10736
10737 static void
10738 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10739 struct ui_file *fp)
10740 {
10741 int bp_temp;
10742 int bp_throw;
10743
10744 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10745 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10746 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
10747 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
10748 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10749 }
10750
10751 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
10752
10753 static int
10754 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
10755 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
10756 {
10757 char *trigger_func_name;
10758
10759 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10760 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
10761 else
10762 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
10763
10764 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10765 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
10766 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
10767 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
10768 0,
10769 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
10770 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
10771 1 /* enabled */,
10772 0 /* internal */);
10773
10774 return 1;
10775 }
10776
10777 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
10778
10779 static void
10780 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
10781 int tempflag, int from_tty)
10782 {
10783 char *cond_string = NULL;
10784
10785 if (!arg)
10786 arg = "";
10787 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10788
10789 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10790
10791 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10792 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10793
10794 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
10795 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10796 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10797
10798 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
10799 return;
10800
10801 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10802 }
10803
10804 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10805
10806 static void
10807 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10808 {
10809 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10810
10811 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10812 }
10813
10814 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10815
10816 static void
10817 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10818 {
10819 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10820
10821 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10822 }
10823
10824 void
10825 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10826 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10827 struct symtab_and_line sal,
10828 char *addr_string,
10829 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
10830 int tempflag,
10831 int from_tty)
10832 {
10833 if (from_tty)
10834 {
10835 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
10836 if (!loc_gdbarch)
10837 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
10838
10839 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
10840 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
10841 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10842 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10843 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10844 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10845 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10846 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10847 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10848 enough for now, though. */
10849 }
10850
10851 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
10852
10853 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10854 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10855 b->addr_string = addr_string;
10856 b->language = language_ada;
10857 }
10858
10859 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10860 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10861 static VEC(int) *
10862 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
10863 {
10864 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
10865 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
10866
10867 while (*arg != '\0')
10868 {
10869 int i, syscall_number;
10870 char *endptr;
10871 char cur_name[128];
10872 struct syscall s;
10873
10874 /* Skip whitespace. */
10875 while (isspace (*arg))
10876 arg++;
10877
10878 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10879 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10880 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10881 arg += i;
10882
10883 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10884 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10885 if (*endptr == '\0')
10886 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10887 else
10888 {
10889 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10890 to a number. */
10891 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10892
10893 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10894 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10895 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10896 syscall number to be caught. */
10897 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10898 }
10899
10900 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10901 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10902 }
10903
10904 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10905 return result;
10906 }
10907
10908 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10909
10910 static void
10911 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10912 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10913 {
10914 int tempflag;
10915 VEC(int) *filter;
10916 struct syscall s;
10917 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10918
10919 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10920 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10921 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10922 this architecture yet."));
10923
10924 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10925
10926 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10927
10928 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10929 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10930 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10931 for his/her architecture. */
10932 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10933
10934 /* The allowed syntax is:
10935 catch syscall
10936 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10937
10938 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10939
10940 if (arg != NULL)
10941 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10942 else
10943 filter = NULL;
10944
10945 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10946 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10947 }
10948
10949 static void
10950 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10951 {
10952 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10953 }
10954 \f
10955
10956 static void
10957 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10958 {
10959 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10960 }
10961
10962 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
10963
10964 static int
10965 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
10966 {
10967 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
10968 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
10969 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
10970 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
10971
10972 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
10973 return -1;
10974 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
10975 return 1;
10976
10977 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10978 the number 0. */
10979 if (ua < ub)
10980 return -1;
10981 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
10982 }
10983
10984 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10985
10986 static void
10987 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10988 {
10989 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
10990 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10991 int ix;
10992 int default_match;
10993 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10994 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10995 int i;
10996 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10997
10998 if (arg)
10999 {
11000 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11001 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11002 default_match = 0;
11003 }
11004 else
11005 {
11006 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11007 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11008 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11009 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11010
11011 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11012 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11013 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11014 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11015 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11016 error (_("No source file specified."));
11017
11018 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11019 sals.nelts = 1;
11020
11021 default_match = 1;
11022 }
11023
11024 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11025 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11026 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11027 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11028
11029 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11030 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11031 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11032 due to optimization, all in one block.
11033
11034 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11035 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11036 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11037 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11038 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11039 to support that. */
11040
11041 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11042 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11043 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11044 breakpoint. */
11045
11046 found = NULL;
11047 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11048 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11049 {
11050 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
11051
11052 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11053 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11054 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11055 or at default pc.
11056
11057 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11058
11059 0 1 pc
11060 1 1 pc _and_ line
11061 0 0 line
11062 1 0 <can't happen> */
11063
11064 sal = sals.sals[i];
11065 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11066 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
11067
11068 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11069 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11070 {
11071 int match = 0;
11072 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11073 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11074 {
11075 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11076 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11077 {
11078 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11079 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11080 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11081 && sal.pc
11082 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11083 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11084 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11085 || loc->section == sal.section));
11086 int line_match = 0;
11087
11088 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11089 && loc->source_file != NULL
11090 && sal.symtab != NULL
11091 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11092 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11093 {
11094 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11095 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11096 line_match = 1;
11097 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11098 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11099 sal.symtab->filename,
11100 sal_name_len))
11101 line_match = 1;
11102 }
11103
11104 if (pc_match || line_match)
11105 {
11106 match = 1;
11107 break;
11108 }
11109 }
11110 }
11111
11112 if (match)
11113 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11114 }
11115 }
11116
11117 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11118 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11119 {
11120 if (arg)
11121 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11122 else
11123 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11124 }
11125
11126 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11127 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11128 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11129 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11130 compare_breakpoints);
11131 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11132 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11133 {
11134 if (b == prev)
11135 {
11136 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11137 --ix;
11138 }
11139 }
11140
11141 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11142 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11143 if (from_tty)
11144 {
11145 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11146 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11147 else
11148 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11149 }
11150 breakpoints_changed ();
11151
11152 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11153 {
11154 if (from_tty)
11155 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11156 delete_breakpoint (b);
11157 }
11158 if (from_tty)
11159 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11160
11161 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11162 }
11163 \f
11164 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11165 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11166 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11167
11168 void
11169 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11170 {
11171 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11172
11173 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11174 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11175 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11176 && bs->stop)
11177 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11178
11179 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11180 {
11181 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11182 delete_breakpoint (b);
11183 }
11184 }
11185
11186 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11187 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11188 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11189 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11190 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11191 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11192
11193 static int
11194 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11195 {
11196 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11197 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11198 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11199 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11200 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11201
11202 if (a->address != b->address)
11203 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11204
11205 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11206 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11207 grouped. */
11208
11209 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11210 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11211 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11212
11213 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11214 if (a_perm != b_perm)
11215 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
11216
11217 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11218 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11219 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11220
11221 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11222 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11223 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11224
11225 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11226 }
11227
11228 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11229 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11230 content of the bp_location array. */
11231
11232 static void
11233 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11234 {
11235 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11236
11237 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11238 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11239
11240 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11241 {
11242 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11243
11244 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11245 continue;
11246
11247 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11248 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11249
11250 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11251 addr = bl->address - start;
11252 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
11253 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11254
11255 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11256
11257 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11258 addr = end - bl->address;
11259 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11260 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11261 }
11262 }
11263
11264 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11265
11266 static void
11267 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11268 {
11269 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11270 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11271
11272 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11273 return;
11274
11275 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
11276
11277 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11278 {
11279 struct tracepoint *t;
11280
11281 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
11282 continue;
11283
11284 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11285 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11286 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11287 continue;
11288
11289 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11290 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11291 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11292 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11293 continue;
11294
11295 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11296
11297 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11298
11299 bl->inserted = 1;
11300 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
11301 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
11302 }
11303
11304 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11305 }
11306
11307 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11308
11309 static void
11310 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11311 {
11312 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11313 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11314 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11315 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11316
11317 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11318 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11319 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11320 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11321 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11322
11323 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11324 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11325 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11326 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11327 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11328 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11329 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11330 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11331 }
11332
11333 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11334 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11335 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11336 the target. */
11337
11338 static void
11339 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11340 {
11341 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11342 struct bp_location *loc;
11343 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11344 int pspace_num;
11345
11346 address = bl->address;
11347 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11348
11349 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11350 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11351 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11352 side. */
11353 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11354 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11355 return;
11356
11357 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11358 the same program space as the location
11359 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11360 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11361 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11362 {
11363 loc = *loc2p;
11364
11365 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11366 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11367 continue;
11368
11369 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11370 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11371 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11372 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11373 that have already been marked. */
11374 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11375
11376 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11377 it later on. */
11378 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
11379 {
11380 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
11381 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
11382 }
11383 }
11384 }
11385
11386 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
11387 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
11388 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
11389 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
11390 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
11391 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
11392 returns true on them.
11393
11394 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
11395 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
11396 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
11397 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
11398 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
11399 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
11400
11401 static void
11402 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
11403 {
11404 struct breakpoint *b;
11405 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11406 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11407 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11408 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11409 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11410 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11411
11412 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11413 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11414 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11415 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11416 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11417 once. */
11418 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11419 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11420 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11421 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11422
11423 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
11424 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11425 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
11426 unsigned old_location_count;
11427
11428 old_location = bp_location;
11429 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
11430 bp_location = NULL;
11431 bp_location_count = 0;
11432 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
11433
11434 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11435 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11436 bp_location_count++;
11437
11438 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
11439 locp = bp_location;
11440 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11441 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11442 *locp++ = loc;
11443 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
11444 bp_location_compare);
11445
11446 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
11447
11448 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11449 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11450 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11451 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11452 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11453 location.
11454
11455 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11456 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11457
11458 locp = bp_location;
11459 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
11460 old_locp++)
11461 {
11462 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11463 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11464
11465 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11466 not, we have to free it. */
11467 int found_object = 0;
11468 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11469 int keep_in_target = 0;
11470 int removed = 0;
11471
11472 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11473 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11474 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
11475 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11476 locp++;
11477
11478 for (loc2p = locp;
11479 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
11480 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11481 loc2p++)
11482 {
11483 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11484 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11485 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11486 place there. */
11487 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11488 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11489 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11490 {
11491 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11492 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11493 }
11494
11495 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11496 found_object = 1;
11497 }
11498
11499 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11500 have to go through updates again. */
11501 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11502
11503 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11504 if (!found_object)
11505 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11506
11507 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11508 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11509 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11510 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11511 at certain location is not inserted. */
11512
11513 if (old_loc->inserted)
11514 {
11515 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11516 it. */
11517
11518 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11519 {
11520 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11521 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11522 keep_in_target = 1;
11523 }
11524 else
11525 {
11526 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11527 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11528 remove its target-side condition. */
11529
11530 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11531 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11532 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11533 this one from the target. */
11534
11535 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11536 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
11537 {
11538 for (loc2p = locp;
11539 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
11540 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11541 loc2p++)
11542 {
11543 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
11544
11545 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
11546 {
11547 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11548 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11549 supported, but the latter are. */
11550 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11551 {
11552 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
11553 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
11554 }
11555
11556 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11557 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11558 unduplicated. */
11559 if (loc2 != old_loc
11560 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
11561 {
11562 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
11563 keep_in_target = 1;
11564 break;
11565 }
11566 }
11567 }
11568 }
11569 }
11570
11571 if (!keep_in_target)
11572 {
11573 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
11574 {
11575 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11576 this location on the global list, and try to
11577 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11578 reason why we will succeed next time.
11579
11580 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11581 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11582 only after calling us. */
11583 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11584 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11585 old_loc->owner->number);
11586 }
11587 removed = 1;
11588 }
11589 }
11590
11591 if (!found_object)
11592 {
11593 if (removed && non_stop
11594 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
11595 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11596 {
11597 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11598 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11599 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11600 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11601 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11602 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11603 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11604 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11605 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11606 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11607 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11608 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11609 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11610 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11611 SIGTRAP.
11612
11613 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11614 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11615
11616 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11617 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11618 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11619 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11620 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11621 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11622 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11623 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11624 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11625 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11626 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11627 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11628 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11629 thread_count.
11630
11631 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11632 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11633 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11634 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11635
11636 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11637 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11638 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11639 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11640 traps we can no longer explain. */
11641
11642 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11643 old_loc->owner = NULL;
11644
11645 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
11646 }
11647 else
11648 {
11649 old_loc->owner = NULL;
11650 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
11651 }
11652 }
11653 }
11654
11655 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11656 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11657 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11658 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11659 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11660 are sorted first for the same address.
11661
11662 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11663 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11664
11665 bp_loc_first = NULL;
11666 wp_loc_first = NULL;
11667 awp_loc_first = NULL;
11668 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
11669 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
11670 {
11671 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11672 non-NULL. */
11673 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
11674 b = loc->owner;
11675
11676 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
11677 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
11678 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11679 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11680 `struct bp_location'. */
11681 || is_tracepoint (b))
11682 {
11683 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11684 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11685 continue;
11686 }
11687
11688 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
11689 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
11690 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11691 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
11692 "actually inserted"));
11693
11694 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
11695 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
11696 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
11697 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
11698 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
11699 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
11700 else
11701 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
11702
11703 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
11704 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
11705 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
11706 {
11707 *loc_first_p = loc;
11708 loc->duplicate = 0;
11709
11710 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
11711 {
11712 loc->needs_update = 1;
11713 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11714 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11715 }
11716 continue;
11717 }
11718
11719
11720 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11721 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11722 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11723 if (loc->inserted)
11724 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
11725 loc->duplicate = 1;
11726
11727 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11728 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11729
11730 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
11731 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11732 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11733 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
11734 "a permanent breakpoint"));
11735 }
11736
11737 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
11738 && (have_live_inferiors ()
11739 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
11740 {
11741 if (should_insert)
11742 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11743 else
11744 {
11745 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
11746 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
11747 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11748 "needs_update". */
11749 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
11750 }
11751 }
11752
11753 if (should_insert)
11754 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11755
11756 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11757 }
11758
11759 void
11760 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11761 {
11762 struct bp_location *loc;
11763 int ix;
11764
11765 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
11766 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
11767 {
11768 decref_bp_location (&loc);
11769 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
11770 --ix;
11771 }
11772 }
11773
11774 static void
11775 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
11776 {
11777 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11778
11779 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11780 update_global_location_list (inserting);
11781 }
11782
11783 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11784
11785 static void
11786 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
11787 {
11788 bpstat bs;
11789
11790 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
11791 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
11792 {
11793 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
11794 bs->old_val = NULL;
11795 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11796 }
11797 }
11798
11799 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11800 static int
11801 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
11802 {
11803 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
11804
11805 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
11806 return 0;
11807 }
11808
11809 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
11810 callbacks. */
11811
11812 static void
11813 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
11814 {
11815 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11816 struct value_print_options opts;
11817
11818 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11819
11820 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11821 single string. */
11822 if (b->loc == NULL)
11823 {
11824 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
11825 }
11826 else
11827 {
11828 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
11829 {
11830 printf_filtered (" at ");
11831 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
11832 gdb_stdout);
11833 }
11834 if (b->loc->source_file)
11835 {
11836 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11837 more nicely. */
11838 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
11839 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
11840 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
11841 else
11842 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11843 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11844 real situation somewhat. */
11845 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
11846 }
11847
11848 if (b->loc->next)
11849 {
11850 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11851 int n = 0;
11852 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11853 ++n;
11854 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
11855 }
11856 }
11857 }
11858
11859 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
11860
11861 static void
11862 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
11863 {
11864 xfree (self->cond);
11865 if (self->cond_bytecode)
11866 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
11867 xfree (self->function_name);
11868 xfree (self->source_file);
11869 }
11870
11871 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
11872 {
11873 bp_location_dtor
11874 };
11875
11876 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
11877 inherit from. */
11878
11879 static void
11880 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
11881 {
11882 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
11883 xfree (self->cond_string);
11884 xfree (self->addr_string);
11885 xfree (self->filter);
11886 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
11887 }
11888
11889 static struct bp_location *
11890 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
11891 {
11892 struct bp_location *loc;
11893
11894 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
11895 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
11896 return loc;
11897 }
11898
11899 static void
11900 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11901 {
11902 /* Nothing to re-set. */
11903 }
11904
11905 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11906 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11907
11908 static int
11909 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11910 {
11911 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11912 }
11913
11914 static int
11915 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11916 {
11917 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11918 }
11919
11920 static int
11921 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11922 struct address_space *aspace,
11923 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11924 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11925 {
11926 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11927 }
11928
11929 static void
11930 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
11931 {
11932 /* Always stop. */
11933 }
11934
11935 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11936 errors. */
11937
11938 static int
11939 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
11940 {
11941 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11942 }
11943
11944 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11945 errors. */
11946
11947 static int
11948 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11949 {
11950 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11951 }
11952
11953 static enum print_stop_action
11954 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
11955 {
11956 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11957 }
11958
11959 static void
11960 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11961 struct ui_out *uiout)
11962 {
11963 /* nothing */
11964 }
11965
11966 static void
11967 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11968 {
11969 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11970 }
11971
11972 static void
11973 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11974 {
11975 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11976 }
11977
11978 static void
11979 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11980 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11981 enum bptype type_wanted,
11982 char *addr_start,
11983 char **copy_arg)
11984 {
11985 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11986 }
11987
11988 static void
11989 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11990 struct linespec_result *c,
11991 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11992 char *cond_string,
11993 enum bptype type_wanted,
11994 enum bpdisp disposition,
11995 int thread,
11996 int task, int ignore_count,
11997 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
11998 int from_tty, int enabled,
11999 int internal)
12000 {
12001 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12002 }
12003
12004 static void
12005 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12006 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12007 {
12008 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12009 }
12010
12011 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12012 {
12013 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12014 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12015 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12016 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12017 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12018 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12019 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12020 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12021 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12022 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12023 NULL,
12024 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12025 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12026 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12027 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12028 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12029 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12030 };
12031
12032 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12033
12034 static void
12035 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12036 {
12037 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12038 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12039 {
12040 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12041 delete_breakpoint (b);
12042 return;
12043 }
12044
12045 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12046 }
12047
12048 static int
12049 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12050 {
12051 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12052 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12053 &bl->target_info);
12054 else
12055 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12056 &bl->target_info);
12057 }
12058
12059 static int
12060 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12061 {
12062 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12063 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12064 else
12065 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12066 }
12067
12068 static int
12069 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12070 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12071 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12072 {
12073 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12074
12075 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12076 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12077 return 0;
12078
12079 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12080 aspace, bp_addr))
12081 return 0;
12082
12083 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12084 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12085 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12086 return 0;
12087
12088 return 1;
12089 }
12090
12091 static int
12092 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12093 {
12094 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12095
12096 return 1;
12097 }
12098
12099 static enum print_stop_action
12100 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12101 {
12102 struct breakpoint *b;
12103 const struct bp_location *bl;
12104 int bp_temp;
12105 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12106
12107 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12108
12109 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12110 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12111
12112 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12113 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12114 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12115 bl->address,
12116 b->number, 1);
12117 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12118 if (bp_temp)
12119 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12120 else
12121 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12122 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12123 {
12124 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12125 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12126 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12127 }
12128 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12129 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12130
12131 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12132 }
12133
12134 static void
12135 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12136 {
12137 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12138 return;
12139
12140 switch (b->type)
12141 {
12142 case bp_breakpoint:
12143 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12144 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12145 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12146 else
12147 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12148 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12149 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12150 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12151 break;
12152 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12153 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12154 break;
12155 }
12156
12157 say_where (b);
12158 }
12159
12160 static void
12161 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12162 {
12163 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12164 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12165 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12166 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12167 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12168 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12169 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12170 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12171 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12172 else
12173 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12174 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12175
12176 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12177 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12178 }
12179
12180 static void
12181 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12182 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12183 enum bptype type_wanted,
12184 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12185 {
12186 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12187 addr_start, copy_arg);
12188 }
12189
12190 static void
12191 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12192 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12193 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12194 char *cond_string,
12195 enum bptype type_wanted,
12196 enum bpdisp disposition,
12197 int thread,
12198 int task, int ignore_count,
12199 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12200 int from_tty, int enabled,
12201 int internal)
12202 {
12203 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12204 cond_string, type_wanted,
12205 disposition, thread, task,
12206 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12207 enabled, internal);
12208 }
12209
12210 static void
12211 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12212 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12213 {
12214 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12215 }
12216
12217 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12218
12219 static void
12220 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12221 {
12222 switch (b->type)
12223 {
12224 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12225 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12226 case bp_overlay_event:
12227 case bp_longjmp_master:
12228 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12229 case bp_exception_master:
12230 delete_breakpoint (b);
12231 break;
12232
12233 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12234 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12235 case bp_shlib_event:
12236
12237 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12238 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12239 case bp_thread_event:
12240 break;
12241 }
12242 }
12243
12244 static void
12245 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12246 {
12247 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12248 {
12249 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12250 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12251 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12252 objects (among other things). */
12253 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12254 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12255 }
12256 else
12257 bs->stop = 0;
12258 }
12259
12260 static enum print_stop_action
12261 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12262 {
12263 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12264 struct breakpoint *b;
12265
12266 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12267
12268 switch (b->type)
12269 {
12270 case bp_shlib_event:
12271 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12272 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12273 to shlib event" message.) */
12274 print_solib_event (0);
12275 break;
12276
12277 case bp_thread_event:
12278 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12279 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12280 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12281 break;
12282
12283 case bp_overlay_event:
12284 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12285 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12286 break;
12287
12288 case bp_longjmp_master:
12289 /* These should never be enabled. */
12290 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12291 break;
12292
12293 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12294 /* These should never be enabled. */
12295 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12296 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12297 break;
12298
12299 case bp_exception_master:
12300 /* These should never be enabled. */
12301 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12302 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12303 break;
12304 }
12305
12306 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12307 }
12308
12309 static void
12310 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12311 {
12312 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12313 }
12314
12315 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12316
12317 static void
12318 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12319 {
12320 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12321 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
12322 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12323 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12324 }
12325
12326 static void
12327 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12328 {
12329 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12330 }
12331
12332 static enum print_stop_action
12333 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12334 {
12335 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12336
12337 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12338 {
12339 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12340
12341 switch (b->type)
12342 {
12343 case bp_finish:
12344 ui_out_field_string
12345 (uiout, "reason",
12346 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
12347 break;
12348
12349 case bp_until:
12350 ui_out_field_string
12351 (uiout, "reason",
12352 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
12353 break;
12354 }
12355 }
12356
12357 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12358 }
12359
12360 static void
12361 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12362 {
12363 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12364 }
12365
12366 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12367
12368 static void
12369 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12370 {
12371 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12372 }
12373
12374 static int
12375 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12376 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12377 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12378 {
12379 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12380 tracepoints. */
12381 return 0;
12382 }
12383
12384 static void
12385 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12386 struct ui_out *uiout)
12387 {
12388 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12389 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
12390 {
12391 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12392
12393 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
12394 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12395 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12396 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
12397 }
12398 }
12399
12400 static void
12401 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12402 {
12403 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12404 return;
12405
12406 switch (b->type)
12407 {
12408 case bp_tracepoint:
12409 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12410 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12411 break;
12412 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12413 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12414 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12415 break;
12416 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12417 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12418 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12419 break;
12420 default:
12421 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12422 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12423 }
12424
12425 say_where (b);
12426 }
12427
12428 static void
12429 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12430 {
12431 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12432
12433 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12434 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12435 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12436 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12437 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12438 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12439 else
12440 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12441 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12442
12443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
12444 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
12445
12446 if (tp->pass_count)
12447 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12448 }
12449
12450 static void
12451 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12452 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12453 enum bptype type_wanted,
12454 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12455 {
12456 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12457 addr_start, copy_arg);
12458 }
12459
12460 static void
12461 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12462 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12463 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12464 char *cond_string,
12465 enum bptype type_wanted,
12466 enum bpdisp disposition,
12467 int thread,
12468 int task, int ignore_count,
12469 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12470 int from_tty, int enabled,
12471 int internal)
12472 {
12473 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12474 cond_string, type_wanted,
12475 disposition, thread, task,
12476 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12477 enabled, internal);
12478 }
12479
12480 static void
12481 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12482 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12483 {
12484 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12485 }
12486
12487 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
12488
12489 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12490 markers (`-m'). */
12491
12492 static void
12493 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12494 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12495 enum bptype type_wanted,
12496 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12497 {
12498 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12499
12500 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
12501
12502 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
12503
12504 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
12505 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
12506 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
12507 }
12508
12509 static void
12510 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12511 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12512 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12513 char *cond_string,
12514 enum bptype type_wanted,
12515 enum bpdisp disposition,
12516 int thread,
12517 int task, int ignore_count,
12518 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12519 int from_tty, int enabled,
12520 int internal)
12521 {
12522 int i;
12523
12524 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12525 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12526 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12527 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12528 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12529 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12530
12531 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
12532 {
12533 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
12534 struct tracepoint *tp;
12535 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12536 char *addr_string;
12537
12538 expanded.nelts = 1;
12539 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
12540
12541 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
12542 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
12543
12544 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
12545 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
12546 addr_string, NULL,
12547 cond_string, type_wanted, disposition,
12548 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
12549 from_tty, enabled, internal,
12550 canonical->special_display);
12551 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12552 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12553 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12554 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12555 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12556 corresponds to this one */
12557 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
12558
12559 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
12560
12561 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
12562 }
12563 }
12564
12565 static void
12566 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12567 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12568 {
12569 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12570
12571 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
12572 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
12573 {
12574 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
12575 sals->nelts = 1;
12576 }
12577 else
12578 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12579 }
12580
12581 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
12582
12583 static int
12584 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
12585 {
12586 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
12587 }
12588
12589 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
12590 structures. */
12591
12592 void
12593 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12594 {
12595 struct breakpoint *b;
12596
12597 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
12598
12599 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
12600 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
12601 especial culprits.
12602
12603 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
12604 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
12605 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
12606 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
12607 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
12608 deleted.
12609
12610 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
12611 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
12612 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
12613 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
12614 was chosen. */
12615 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
12616 return;
12617
12618 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
12619 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
12620 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
12621 {
12622 struct breakpoint *related;
12623 struct watchpoint *w;
12624
12625 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12626 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
12627 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12628 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12629 else
12630 w = NULL;
12631 if (w != NULL)
12632 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
12633
12634 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
12635 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
12636 related = related->related_breakpoint);
12637 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
12638 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
12639 }
12640
12641 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
12642 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
12643 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
12644 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
12645 if (bpt->number)
12646 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
12647
12648 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
12649 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
12650
12651 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12652 if (b->next == bpt)
12653 {
12654 b->next = bpt->next;
12655 break;
12656 }
12657
12658 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
12659 been freed. */
12660 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
12661 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
12662 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
12663 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
12664 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
12665 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
12666 commands won't work. */
12667
12668 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
12669
12670 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
12671 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
12672 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
12673 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
12674 might be better design to have location completely
12675 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
12676 update_global_location_list (0);
12677
12678 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
12679 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
12680 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
12681 bpt->type = bp_none;
12682 xfree (bpt);
12683 }
12684
12685 static void
12686 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
12687 {
12688 delete_breakpoint (b);
12689 }
12690
12691 struct cleanup *
12692 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
12693 {
12694 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
12695 }
12696
12697 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
12698 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
12699
12700 static void
12701 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
12702 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12703 void *),
12704 void *data)
12705 {
12706 struct breakpoint *related;
12707
12708 related = b;
12709 do
12710 {
12711 struct breakpoint *next;
12712
12713 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
12714 next = related->related_breakpoint;
12715
12716 if (next == related)
12717 {
12718 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
12719 function (related, data);
12720
12721 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
12722 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
12723 out. */
12724 break;
12725 }
12726 else
12727 function (related, data);
12728
12729 related = next;
12730 }
12731 while (related != b);
12732 }
12733
12734 static void
12735 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12736 {
12737 delete_breakpoint (b);
12738 }
12739
12740 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12741 delete_breakpoint. */
12742
12743 static void
12744 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12745 {
12746 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12747 }
12748
12749 void
12750 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12751 {
12752 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12753
12754 dont_repeat ();
12755
12756 if (arg == 0)
12757 {
12758 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12759
12760 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12761 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12762 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12763 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12764 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
12765 {
12766 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12767 break;
12768 }
12769
12770 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12771 if (!from_tty
12772 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12773 {
12774 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12775 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
12776 delete_breakpoint (b);
12777 }
12778 }
12779 else
12780 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12781 }
12782
12783 static int
12784 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
12785 {
12786 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12787 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
12788 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12789 return 0;
12790 return 1;
12791 }
12792
12793 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12794 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12795 Null names are ignored. */
12796
12797 static int
12798 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
12799 {
12800 struct bp_location *l;
12801 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
12802 (int (*) (const void *,
12803 const void *)) streq,
12804 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
12805
12806 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
12807 {
12808 const char **slot;
12809 const char *name = l->function_name;
12810
12811 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12812 if (name == NULL)
12813 continue;
12814
12815 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
12816 INSERT);
12817 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12818 returns NULL. */
12819 if (*slot != NULL)
12820 {
12821 htab_delete (htab);
12822 return 1;
12823 }
12824 *slot = name;
12825 }
12826
12827 htab_delete (htab);
12828 return 0;
12829 }
12830
12831 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12832 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12833 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12834 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12835 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12836 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12837 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12838 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12839 The heuristic is:
12840
12841 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12842 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12843 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12844 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12845 in the sources, and output a warning.
12846
12847 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12848 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12849 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12850 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12851 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12852 warning.
12853
12854 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12855 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12856 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12857 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12858 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12859 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12860 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12861 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12862 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12863
12864 static struct symtab_and_line
12865 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
12866 {
12867 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12868 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
12869 CORE_ADDR pc;
12870 int i;
12871
12872 pc = sal.pc;
12873 if (sal.line)
12874 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
12875
12876 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
12877 {
12878 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
12879 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12880 b->number,
12881 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
12882
12883 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12884 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
12885 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
12886
12887 return sal;
12888 }
12889
12890 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12891 by string ID. */
12892 if (!sal.explicit_pc
12893 && sal.line != 0
12894 && sal.symtab != NULL
12895 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
12896 {
12897 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
12898
12899 markers
12900 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12901
12902 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
12903 {
12904 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
12905 struct symbol *sym;
12906 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
12907 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12908
12909 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
12910
12911 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12912 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
12913
12914 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12915 "found at previous line number"),
12916 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12917
12918 init_sal (&sal2);
12919
12920 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
12921
12922 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
12923 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
12924 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
12925 if (sym)
12926 {
12927 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
12928 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
12929 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
12930 }
12931 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
12932 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
12933
12934 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12935 {
12936 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
12937
12938 if (fullname)
12939 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
12940 }
12941
12942 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
12943 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
12944
12945 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
12946
12947 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
12948 if (sym)
12949 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
12950 else
12951 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
12952
12953 xfree (b->addr_string);
12954 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
12955 sal2.symtab->filename,
12956 b->loc->line_number);
12957
12958 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
12959 so. */
12960
12961 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
12962 }
12963 }
12964 return sal;
12965 }
12966
12967 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
12968 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
12969
12970 static int
12971 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
12972 {
12973 while (a && b)
12974 {
12975 if (a->address != b->address)
12976 return 0;
12977
12978 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
12979 return 0;
12980
12981 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
12982 return 0;
12983
12984 a = a->next;
12985 b = b->next;
12986 }
12987
12988 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
12989 return 0;
12990
12991 return 1;
12992 }
12993
12994 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
12995 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
12996 a ranged breakpoint. */
12997
12998 void
12999 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13000 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13001 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13002 {
13003 int i;
13004 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13005
13006 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13007 {
13008 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13009 location. */
13010 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13011 update_global_location_list (1);
13012 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13013 "multiple locations found\n"),
13014 b->number);
13015 return;
13016 }
13017
13018 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13019 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13020 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13021 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13022 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13023 individual locations. */
13024 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13025 return;
13026
13027 b->loc = NULL;
13028
13029 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13030 {
13031 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13032
13033 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13034
13035 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13036
13037 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13038 old symtab. */
13039 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13040 {
13041 char *s;
13042 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13043
13044 s = b->cond_string;
13045 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13046 {
13047 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13048 0);
13049 }
13050 if (e.reason < 0)
13051 {
13052 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13053 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13054 b->number, e.message);
13055 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13056 }
13057 }
13058
13059 if (sals_end.nelts)
13060 {
13061 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13062
13063 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13064 }
13065 }
13066
13067 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13068 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13069 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13070
13071 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13072 breakpoints. */
13073 {
13074 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13075 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13076 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13077 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13078 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13079 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13080 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13081
13082 for (; e; e = e->next)
13083 {
13084 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13085 {
13086 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13087 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13088 {
13089 for (; l; l = l->next)
13090 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13091 {
13092 l->enabled = 0;
13093 break;
13094 }
13095 }
13096 else
13097 {
13098 for (; l; l = l->next)
13099 if (l->function_name
13100 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13101 {
13102 l->enabled = 0;
13103 break;
13104 }
13105 }
13106 }
13107 }
13108 }
13109
13110 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13111 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13112
13113 update_global_location_list (1);
13114 }
13115
13116 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13117 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13118
13119 static struct symtabs_and_lines
13120 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
13121 {
13122 char *s;
13123 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
13124 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13125
13126 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13127 s = addr_string;
13128
13129 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13130 {
13131 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
13132 }
13133 if (e.reason < 0)
13134 {
13135 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13136 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13137 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13138 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13139 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13140 state, then user already saw the message about that
13141 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13142 errors. */
13143 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13144 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13145 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13146 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13147 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13148 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13149
13150 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13151 {
13152 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13153 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13154 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13155 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13156 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13157 which approach is better. */
13158 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13159 throw_exception (e);
13160 }
13161 }
13162
13163 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13164 {
13165 int i;
13166
13167 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13168 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
13169 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
13170 {
13171 char *cond_string = 0;
13172 int thread = -1;
13173 int task = 0;
13174
13175 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
13176 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
13177 if (cond_string)
13178 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13179 b->thread = thread;
13180 b->task = task;
13181 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13182 }
13183
13184 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13185 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
13186
13187 *found = 1;
13188 }
13189 else
13190 *found = 0;
13191
13192 return sals;
13193 }
13194
13195 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13196 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13197 locations. */
13198
13199 static void
13200 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13201 {
13202 int found;
13203 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
13204 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
13205 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
13206
13207 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
13208 if (found)
13209 {
13210 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
13211 expanded = sals;
13212 }
13213
13214 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
13215 {
13216 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
13217 if (found)
13218 {
13219 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
13220 expanded_end = sals_end;
13221 }
13222 }
13223
13224 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
13225 }
13226
13227 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13228 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13229
13230 static void
13231 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
13232 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13233 enum bptype type_wanted,
13234 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13235 {
13236 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
13237 }
13238
13239 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13240 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13241 breakpoint_ops. */
13242
13243 static void
13244 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13245 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13246 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13247 char *cond_string,
13248 enum bptype type_wanted,
13249 enum bpdisp disposition,
13250 int thread,
13251 int task, int ignore_count,
13252 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13253 int from_tty, int enabled,
13254 int internal)
13255 {
13256 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
13257 type_wanted, disposition,
13258 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13259 enabled, internal);
13260 }
13261
13262 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13263 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13264
13265 static void
13266 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13267 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13268 {
13269 struct linespec_result canonical;
13270
13271 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
13272 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
13273 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
13274 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13275 b->filter);
13276
13277 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13278 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
13279
13280 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
13281 {
13282 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
13283
13284 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
13285 *sals = lsal->sals;
13286 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
13287 contents. */
13288 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
13289 }
13290
13291 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
13292 }
13293
13294 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
13295
13296 static struct cleanup *
13297 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
13298 {
13299 struct cleanup *cleanups;
13300
13301 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13302 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
13303 if (b->pspace != NULL)
13304 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
13305 set_language (b->language);
13306
13307 return cleanups;
13308 }
13309
13310 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
13311 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
13312 Unused in this case. */
13313
13314 static int
13315 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
13316 {
13317 /* Get past catch_errs. */
13318 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
13319 struct cleanup *cleanups;
13320
13321 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
13322 b->ops->re_set (b);
13323 do_cleanups (cleanups);
13324 return 0;
13325 }
13326
13327 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
13328 void
13329 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13330 {
13331 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13332 enum language save_language;
13333 int save_input_radix;
13334 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13335
13336 save_language = current_language->la_language;
13337 save_input_radix = input_radix;
13338 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
13339
13340 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13341 {
13342 /* Format possible error msg. */
13343 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13344 b->number);
13345 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
13346 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
13347 do_cleanups (cleanups);
13348 }
13349 set_language (save_language);
13350 input_radix = save_input_radix;
13351
13352 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13353
13354 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13355
13356 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13357 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13358 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13359 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13360
13361 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
13362 skip_re_set ();
13363 }
13364 \f
13365 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13366
13367 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13368 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13369 void
13370 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
13371 {
13372 if (b->thread != -1)
13373 {
13374 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
13375 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
13376
13377 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13378 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13379 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13380 as well. */
13381 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
13382 }
13383 }
13384
13385 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13386 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13387 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13388
13389 void
13390 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
13391 {
13392 struct breakpoint *b;
13393
13394 if (count < 0)
13395 count = 0;
13396
13397 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13398 if (b->number == bptnum)
13399 {
13400 if (is_tracepoint (b))
13401 {
13402 if (from_tty && count != 0)
13403 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13404 bptnum);
13405 return;
13406 }
13407
13408 b->ignore_count = count;
13409 if (from_tty)
13410 {
13411 if (count == 0)
13412 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13413 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13414 bptnum);
13415 else if (count == 1)
13416 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13417 bptnum);
13418 else
13419 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13420 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13421 count, bptnum);
13422 }
13423 breakpoints_changed ();
13424 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13425 return;
13426 }
13427
13428 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
13429 }
13430
13431 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13432
13433 static void
13434 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13435 {
13436 char *p = args;
13437 int num;
13438
13439 if (p == 0)
13440 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13441
13442 num = get_number (&p);
13443 if (num == 0)
13444 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
13445 if (*p == 0)
13446 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13447
13448 set_ignore_count (num,
13449 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
13450 from_tty);
13451 if (from_tty)
13452 printf_filtered ("\n");
13453 }
13454 \f
13455 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
13456 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
13457
13458 static void
13459 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13460 void *),
13461 void *data)
13462 {
13463 int num;
13464 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
13465 int match;
13466 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13467
13468 if (args == 0)
13469 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13470
13471 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13472
13473 while (!state.finished)
13474 {
13475 char *p = state.string;
13476
13477 match = 0;
13478
13479 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
13480 if (num == 0)
13481 {
13482 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
13483 }
13484 else
13485 {
13486 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
13487 if (b->number == num)
13488 {
13489 match = 1;
13490 function (b, data);
13491 break;
13492 }
13493 if (match == 0)
13494 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
13495 }
13496 }
13497 }
13498
13499 static struct bp_location *
13500 find_location_by_number (char *number)
13501 {
13502 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
13503 char *p1;
13504 int bp_num;
13505 int loc_num;
13506 struct breakpoint *b;
13507 struct bp_location *loc;
13508
13509 *dot = '\0';
13510
13511 p1 = number;
13512 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
13513 if (bp_num == 0)
13514 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
13515
13516 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13517 if (b->number == bp_num)
13518 {
13519 break;
13520 }
13521
13522 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
13523 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
13524
13525 p1 = dot+1;
13526 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
13527 if (loc_num == 0)
13528 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
13529
13530 --loc_num;
13531 loc = b->loc;
13532 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
13533 ;
13534 if (!loc)
13535 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
13536
13537 return loc;
13538 }
13539
13540
13541 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13542 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13543 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13544
13545 void
13546 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13547 {
13548 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
13549 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
13550 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
13551 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13552 return;
13553
13554 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
13555 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13556 return;
13557
13558 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13559
13560 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13561 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
13562
13563 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13564 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
13565 {
13566 struct bp_location *location;
13567
13568 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
13569 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
13570 }
13571
13572 update_global_location_list (0);
13573
13574 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
13575 }
13576
13577 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
13578
13579 static void
13580 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13581 {
13582 disable_breakpoint (b);
13583 }
13584
13585 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13586 disable_breakpoint. */
13587
13588 static void
13589 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13590 {
13591 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
13592 }
13593
13594 static void
13595 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13596 {
13597 if (args == 0)
13598 {
13599 struct breakpoint *bpt;
13600
13601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
13602 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
13603 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
13604 }
13605 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
13606 {
13607 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
13608 if (loc)
13609 {
13610 if (loc->enabled)
13611 {
13612 loc->enabled = 0;
13613 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
13614 }
13615 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13616 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
13617 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
13618 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
13619 }
13620 update_global_location_list (0);
13621 }
13622 else
13623 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
13624 }
13625
13626 static void
13627 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
13628 int count)
13629 {
13630 int target_resources_ok;
13631
13632 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13633 {
13634 int i;
13635 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
13636 target_resources_ok =
13637 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
13638 i + 1, 0);
13639 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
13640 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
13641 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
13642 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
13643 }
13644
13645 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
13646 {
13647 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
13648 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
13649 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13650
13651 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13652 {
13653 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13654
13655 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
13656 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
13657 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
13658 }
13659 if (e.reason < 0)
13660 {
13661 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
13662 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
13663 bpt->number);
13664 return;
13665 }
13666 }
13667
13668 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
13669 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
13670
13671 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
13672
13673 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13674 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
13675
13676 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13677 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
13678 {
13679 struct bp_location *location;
13680
13681 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
13682 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
13683 }
13684
13685 bpt->disposition = disposition;
13686 bpt->enable_count = count;
13687 update_global_location_list (1);
13688 breakpoints_changed ();
13689
13690 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
13691 }
13692
13693
13694 void
13695 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13696 {
13697 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
13698 }
13699
13700 static void
13701 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
13702 {
13703 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
13704 }
13705
13706 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13707 enable_breakpoint. */
13708
13709 static void
13710 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13711 {
13712 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
13713 }
13714
13715 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
13716 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
13717 in stopping the inferior. */
13718
13719 static void
13720 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13721 {
13722 if (args == 0)
13723 {
13724 struct breakpoint *bpt;
13725
13726 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
13727 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
13728 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
13729 }
13730 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
13731 {
13732 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
13733 if (loc)
13734 {
13735 if (!loc->enabled)
13736 {
13737 loc->enabled = 1;
13738 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
13739 }
13740 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13741 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
13742 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
13743 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
13744 }
13745 update_global_location_list (1);
13746 }
13747 else
13748 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
13749 }
13750
13751 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
13752 breakpoints. */
13753
13754 struct disp_data
13755 {
13756 enum bpdisp disp;
13757 int count;
13758 };
13759
13760 static void
13761 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
13762 {
13763 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
13764
13765 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
13766 }
13767
13768 static void
13769 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
13770 {
13771 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
13772
13773 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13774 }
13775
13776 static void
13777 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13778 {
13779 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
13780 }
13781
13782 static void
13783 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
13784 {
13785 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
13786
13787 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13788 }
13789
13790 static void
13791 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13792 {
13793 int count = get_number (&args);
13794
13795 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
13796 }
13797
13798 static void
13799 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
13800 {
13801 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
13802
13803 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13804 }
13805
13806 static void
13807 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13808 {
13809 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13810 }
13811 \f
13812 static void
13813 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
13814 {
13815 }
13816
13817 static void
13818 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
13819 {
13820 }
13821
13822 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13823 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13824 GDB itself. */
13825
13826 static void
13827 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
13828 const bfd_byte *data)
13829 {
13830 struct breakpoint *bp;
13831
13832 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
13833 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
13834 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
13835 {
13836 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
13837
13838 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
13839 {
13840 struct bp_location *loc;
13841
13842 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13843 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13844 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
13845 && addr + len > loc->address)
13846 {
13847 value_free (wp->val);
13848 wp->val = NULL;
13849 wp->val_valid = 0;
13850 }
13851 }
13852 }
13853 }
13854
13855 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
13856 if they aren't valid. */
13857
13858 struct symtabs_and_lines
13859 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
13860 {
13861 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
13862
13863 if (string == 0)
13864 error (_("Empty line specification."));
13865 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
13866 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
13867 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
13868 get_last_displayed_line ());
13869 else
13870 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
13871 if (*string)
13872 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
13873 return sals;
13874 }
13875
13876 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
13877 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
13878 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
13879 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
13880 someday. */
13881
13882 void *
13883 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13884 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13885 {
13886 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
13887
13888 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
13889
13890 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
13891 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
13892
13893 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
13894 {
13895 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
13896 xfree (bp_tgt);
13897 return NULL;
13898 }
13899
13900 return bp_tgt;
13901 }
13902
13903 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
13904 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
13905
13906 int
13907 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
13908 {
13909 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
13910 int ret;
13911
13912 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13913 xfree (bp_tgt);
13914
13915 return ret;
13916 }
13917
13918 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
13919 stepping. */
13920
13921 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
13922 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
13923
13924 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
13925
13926 void
13927 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13928 struct address_space *aspace,
13929 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
13930 {
13931 void **bpt_p;
13932
13933 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
13934 {
13935 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
13936 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
13937 }
13938 else
13939 {
13940 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
13941 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
13942 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
13943 }
13944
13945 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
13946 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
13947 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
13948 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
13949 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
13950 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
13951
13952 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
13953 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
13954 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
13955 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
13956 }
13957
13958 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
13959 were inserted or not. */
13960
13961 int
13962 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
13963 {
13964 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
13965 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
13966 }
13967
13968 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
13969
13970 void
13971 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13972 {
13973 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
13974
13975 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
13976 call. */
13977 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
13978 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
13979 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
13980 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
13981
13982 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
13983 {
13984 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
13985 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
13986 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
13987 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
13988 }
13989 }
13990
13991 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
13992 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
13993 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
13994 exec. */
13995
13996 void
13997 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13998 {
13999 int i;
14000
14001 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14002 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14003 {
14004 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14005 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14006 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14007 }
14008 }
14009
14010 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14011 removing them. */
14012
14013 static void
14014 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14015 {
14016 int i;
14017
14018 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14019 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14020 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14021 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14022 }
14023
14024 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14025 PC. */
14026
14027 static int
14028 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14029 CORE_ADDR pc)
14030 {
14031 int i;
14032
14033 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14034 {
14035 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14036 if (bp_tgt
14037 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14038 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14039 aspace, pc))
14040 return 1;
14041 }
14042
14043 return 0;
14044 }
14045
14046 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14047 non-zero otherwise. */
14048 static int
14049 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14050 {
14051 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14052 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14053 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14054 return 1;
14055 else
14056 return 0;
14057 }
14058
14059 int
14060 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14061 {
14062 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
14063
14064 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14065 }
14066
14067 int
14068 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14069 {
14070 struct breakpoint *bp;
14071
14072 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14073 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14074 {
14075 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14076
14077 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14078 {
14079 int i, iter;
14080 for (i = 0;
14081 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14082 i++)
14083 if (syscall_number == iter)
14084 return 1;
14085 }
14086 else
14087 return 1;
14088 }
14089
14090 return 0;
14091 }
14092
14093 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14094 static char **
14095 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14096 char *text, char *word)
14097 {
14098 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14099 char **retlist
14100 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
14101
14102 xfree (list);
14103 return retlist;
14104 }
14105
14106 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14107
14108 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14109 static void
14110 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14111 {
14112 tracepoint_count = num;
14113 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14114 }
14115
14116 static void
14117 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14118 {
14119 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14120 arg,
14121 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
14122 0 /* tempflag */,
14123 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14124 0 /* Ignore count */,
14125 pending_break_support,
14126 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14127 from_tty,
14128 1 /* enabled */,
14129 0 /* internal */))
14130 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14131 }
14132
14133 static void
14134 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14135 {
14136 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14137 arg,
14138 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
14139 0 /* tempflag */,
14140 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14141 0 /* Ignore count */,
14142 pending_break_support,
14143 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14144 from_tty,
14145 1 /* enabled */,
14146 0 /* internal */))
14147 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14148 }
14149
14150 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14151
14152 static void
14153 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14154 {
14155 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14156
14157 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14158 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14159 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
14160 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14161 else
14162 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14163
14164 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14165 arg,
14166 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
14167 0 /* tempflag */,
14168 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14169 0 /* Ignore count */,
14170 pending_break_support,
14171 ops,
14172 from_tty,
14173 1 /* enabled */,
14174 0 /* internal */))
14175 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14176 }
14177
14178 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14179 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14180
14181 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14182 static int next_cmd;
14183
14184 static char *
14185 read_uploaded_action (void)
14186 {
14187 char *rslt;
14188
14189 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
14190
14191 next_cmd++;
14192
14193 return rslt;
14194 }
14195
14196 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14197 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14198 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14199 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14200 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14201
14202 struct tracepoint *
14203 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14204 {
14205 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
14206 struct tracepoint *tp;
14207
14208 if (utp->at_string)
14209 addr_str = utp->at_string;
14210 else
14211 {
14212 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14213 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14214 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14215 user. */
14216 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14217 "source location, using raw address"),
14218 utp->number);
14219 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14220 addr_str = small_buf;
14221 }
14222
14223 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14224 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14225 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14226 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14227 utp->number);
14228
14229 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14230 addr_str,
14231 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14232 0 /* tempflag */,
14233 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14234 0 /* Ignore count */,
14235 pending_break_support,
14236 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14237 0 /* from_tty */,
14238 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14239 0 /* internal */))
14240 return NULL;
14241
14242 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14243
14244 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14245 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14246 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14247
14248 if (utp->pass > 0)
14249 {
14250 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
14251
14252 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14253 }
14254
14255 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14256 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14257 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14258 function. */
14259 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
14260 {
14261 struct command_line *cmd_list;
14262
14263 this_utp = utp;
14264 next_cmd = 0;
14265
14266 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
14267
14268 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
14269 }
14270 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
14271 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
14272 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14273 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14274 utp->number);
14275
14276 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14277 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14278 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14279
14280 return tp;
14281 }
14282
14283 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14284 omitted. */
14285
14286 static void
14287 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
14288 {
14289 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14290 int num_printed;
14291
14292 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14293
14294 if (num_printed == 0)
14295 {
14296 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14297 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
14298 else
14299 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14300 }
14301
14302 default_collect_info ();
14303 }
14304
14305 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14306 Not supported by all targets. */
14307 static void
14308 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14309 {
14310 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14311 }
14312
14313 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14314 Not supported by all targets. */
14315 static void
14316 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14317 {
14318 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14319 }
14320
14321 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14322 static void
14323 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14324 {
14325 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14326
14327 dont_repeat ();
14328
14329 if (arg == 0)
14330 {
14331 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14332
14333 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14334 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14335 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14336 argument. */
14337 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14338 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14339 {
14340 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14341 break;
14342 }
14343
14344 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14345 if (!from_tty
14346 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14347 {
14348 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14349 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14350 delete_breakpoint (b);
14351 }
14352 }
14353 else
14354 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14355 }
14356
14357 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14358
14359 static void
14360 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14361 {
14362 tp->pass_count = count;
14363 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
14364 if (from_tty)
14365 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14366 tp->base.number, count);
14367 }
14368
14369 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14370
14371 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14372 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14373 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14374
14375 static void
14376 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14377 {
14378 struct tracepoint *t1;
14379 unsigned int count;
14380
14381 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14382 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14383 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14384
14385 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14386
14387 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
14388 args++;
14389
14390 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
14391 {
14392 struct breakpoint *b;
14393
14394 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14395 if (*args)
14396 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14397
14398 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14399 {
14400 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14401 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14402 }
14403 }
14404 else if (*args == '\0')
14405 {
14406 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
14407 if (t1)
14408 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14409 }
14410 else
14411 {
14412 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14413
14414 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14415 while (!state.finished)
14416 {
14417 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
14418 if (t1)
14419 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14420 }
14421 }
14422 }
14423
14424 struct tracepoint *
14425 get_tracepoint (int num)
14426 {
14427 struct breakpoint *t;
14428
14429 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14430 if (t->number == num)
14431 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14432
14433 return NULL;
14434 }
14435
14436 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14437 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14438 reconnecting). */
14439
14440 struct tracepoint *
14441 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
14442 {
14443 struct breakpoint *b;
14444
14445 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14446 {
14447 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14448
14449 if (t->number_on_target == num)
14450 return t;
14451 }
14452
14453 return NULL;
14454 }
14455
14456 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14457 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14458 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
14459 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14460 struct tracepoint *
14461 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
14462 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
14463 int optional_p)
14464 {
14465 extern int tracepoint_count;
14466 struct breakpoint *t;
14467 int tpnum;
14468 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
14469
14470 if (state)
14471 {
14472 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
14473 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
14474 }
14475 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
14476 {
14477 if (optional_p)
14478 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
14479 else
14480 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
14481 }
14482 else
14483 tpnum = get_number (arg);
14484
14485 if (tpnum <= 0)
14486 {
14487 if (instring && *instring)
14488 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14489 instring);
14490 else
14491 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
14492 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
14493 return NULL;
14494 }
14495
14496 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14497 if (t->number == tpnum)
14498 {
14499 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14500 }
14501
14502 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
14503 return NULL;
14504 }
14505
14506 void
14507 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
14508 {
14509 if (b->thread != -1)
14510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
14511
14512 if (b->task != 0)
14513 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
14514
14515 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
14516 }
14517
14518 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14519 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14520 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14521 non-zero. */
14522
14523 static void
14524 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
14525 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
14526 {
14527 struct breakpoint *tp;
14528 int any = 0;
14529 char *pathname;
14530 struct cleanup *cleanup;
14531 struct ui_file *fp;
14532 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
14533
14534 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
14535 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14536
14537 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14538 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
14539 {
14540 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14541 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
14542 continue;
14543
14544 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14545 if (filter && !filter (tp))
14546 continue;
14547
14548 any = 1;
14549
14550 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
14551 {
14552 extra_trace_bits = 1;
14553
14554 /* We can stop searching. */
14555 break;
14556 }
14557 }
14558
14559 if (!any)
14560 {
14561 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14562 return;
14563 }
14564
14565 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
14566 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
14567 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
14568 if (!fp)
14569 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14570 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
14571 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
14572
14573 if (extra_trace_bits)
14574 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
14575
14576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
14577 {
14578 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14579 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
14580 continue;
14581
14582 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14583 if (filter && !filter (tp))
14584 continue;
14585
14586 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
14587
14588 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14589 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14590 instead. */
14591
14592 if (tp->cond_string)
14593 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
14594
14595 if (tp->ignore_count)
14596 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
14597
14598 if (tp->commands)
14599 {
14600 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
14601
14602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
14603
14604 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
14605 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14606 {
14607 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
14608 }
14609 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
14610
14611 if (ex.reason < 0)
14612 throw_exception (ex);
14613
14614 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
14615 }
14616
14617 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
14618 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
14619
14620 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
14621 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
14622 special, and not user visible. */
14623 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
14624 {
14625 struct bp_location *loc;
14626 int n = 1;
14627
14628 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
14629 if (!loc->enabled)
14630 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
14631 }
14632 }
14633
14634 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
14635 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
14636
14637 do_cleanups (cleanup);
14638 if (from_tty)
14639 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
14640 }
14641
14642 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
14643
14644 static void
14645 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14646 {
14647 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
14648 }
14649
14650 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
14651
14652 static void
14653 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14654 {
14655 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
14656 }
14657
14658 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
14659
14660 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
14661 all_tracepoints (void)
14662 {
14663 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
14664 struct breakpoint *tp;
14665
14666 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
14667 {
14668 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
14669 }
14670
14671 return tp_vec;
14672 }
14673
14674 \f
14675 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
14676 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
14677 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
14678 command. */
14679 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
14680 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
14681 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
14682 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
14683 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
14684 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
14685 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
14686 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
14687 \n\
14688 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
14689 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14690 \n\
14691 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14692 conditions are different.\n\
14693 \n\
14694 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
14695
14696 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
14697 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
14698
14699 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
14700 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
14701
14702 void
14703 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
14704 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
14705 struct cmd_list_element *command),
14706 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14707 char *text, char *word),
14708 void *user_data_catch,
14709 void *user_data_tcatch)
14710 {
14711 struct cmd_list_element *command;
14712
14713 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
14714 &catch_cmdlist);
14715 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
14716 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
14717 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
14718
14719 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
14720 &tcatch_cmdlist);
14721 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
14722 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
14723 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
14724 }
14725
14726 static void
14727 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
14728 {
14729 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
14730 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
14731 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
14732 }
14733
14734 static void
14735 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14736 {
14737 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
14738 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
14739 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
14740 }
14741
14742 struct breakpoint *
14743 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
14744 void *data)
14745 {
14746 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14747
14748 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14749 {
14750 if ((*callback) (b, data))
14751 return b;
14752 }
14753
14754 return NULL;
14755 }
14756
14757 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
14758 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
14759
14760 static int
14761 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
14762 {
14763 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
14764 non-inline function. */
14765 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
14766 return 1;
14767
14768 return 0;
14769 }
14770
14771 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
14772 have been inlined. */
14773
14774 int
14775 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
14776 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
14777 {
14778 struct breakpoint *b;
14779 struct bp_location *bl;
14780
14781 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14782 {
14783 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
14784 continue;
14785
14786 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
14787 {
14788 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
14789 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
14790 return 1;
14791 }
14792 }
14793
14794 return 0;
14795 }
14796
14797 void
14798 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
14799 {
14800 static int initialized = 0;
14801
14802 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14803
14804 if (initialized)
14805 return;
14806 initialized = 1;
14807
14808 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
14809 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
14810 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
14811 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14812 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14813 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
14814 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
14815 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
14816 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
14817 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
14818 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
14819 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
14820
14821 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
14822 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14823 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14824 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
14825 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
14826 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
14827 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
14828 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
14829
14830 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
14831 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
14832 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14833 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
14834 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
14835 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
14836 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
14837 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
14838 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
14839 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
14840
14841 /* Internal breakpoints. */
14842 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
14843 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14844 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
14845 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
14846 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
14847 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
14848
14849 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
14850 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
14851 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14852 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
14853 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
14854 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
14855 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
14856
14857 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
14858 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
14859 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14860 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
14861 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
14862 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
14863 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
14864
14865 /* Watchpoints. */
14866 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14867 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14868 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
14869 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
14870 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
14871 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
14872 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
14873 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
14874 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
14875 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
14876 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
14877 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
14878 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
14879
14880 /* Masked watchpoints. */
14881 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14882 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14883 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
14884 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
14885 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
14886 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
14887 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
14888 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
14889 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
14890 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
14891
14892 /* Tracepoints. */
14893 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14894 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14895 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
14896 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
14897 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
14898 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
14899 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
14900 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
14901 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
14902 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
14903
14904 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
14905 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14906 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14907 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
14908 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
14909 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
14910
14911 /* Fork catchpoints. */
14912 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
14913 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14914 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
14915 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
14916 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
14917 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
14918 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
14919 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
14920 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
14921
14922 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
14923 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
14924 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14925 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
14926 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
14927 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
14928 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
14929 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
14930 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
14931 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
14932
14933 /* Exec catchpoints. */
14934 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
14935 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14936 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
14937 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
14938 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
14939 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
14940 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
14941 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
14942 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
14943 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
14944
14945 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
14946 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
14947 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14948 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
14949 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
14950 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
14951 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
14952 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
14953 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
14954 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
14955 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
14956
14957 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
14958 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
14959 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14960 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
14961 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
14962 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
14963 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
14964 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
14965 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
14966 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
14967 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
14968 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
14969 }
14970
14971 void
14972 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
14973 {
14974 struct cmd_list_element *c;
14975
14976 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
14977
14978 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
14979 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
14980 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
14981
14982 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
14983
14984 breakpoint_chain = 0;
14985 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
14986 before a breakpoint is set. */
14987 breakpoint_count = 0;
14988
14989 tracepoint_count = 0;
14990
14991 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
14992 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
14993 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
14994 if (xdb_commands)
14995 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
14996
14997 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
14998 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
14999 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15000 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15001 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15002 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15003 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15004 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15005
15006 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15007 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15008 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15009 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15010
15011 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15012 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15013 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15014 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15015 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15016 \n"
15017 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15018 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15019
15020 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15021 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15022 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15023 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15024 \n"
15025 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15026 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15027
15028 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15029 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15030 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15031 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15032 \n"
15033 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15034 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15035
15036 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15037 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15038 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15039 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15040 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15041 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15042 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15043 if (xdb_commands)
15044 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15045 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15046 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15047 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15048 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15049 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15050
15051 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15052
15053 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15054 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15055 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15056 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15057 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15058 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15059
15060 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15061 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15062 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15063 &enablebreaklist);
15064
15065 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15066 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15067 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15068 &enablebreaklist);
15069
15070 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15071 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15072 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15073 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15074 &enablebreaklist);
15075
15076 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15077 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15078 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15079 &enablelist);
15080
15081 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15082 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15083 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15084 &enablelist);
15085
15086 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15087 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15088 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15089 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15090 &enablelist);
15091
15092 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15093 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15094 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15095 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15096 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15097 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15098 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15099 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15100 if (xdb_commands)
15101 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15102 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15103 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15104 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15105 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
15106
15107 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15108 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15109 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15110 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15111 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15112 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15113 &disablelist);
15114
15115 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15116 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15117 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15118 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15119 \n\
15120 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15121 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15122 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15123 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15124 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15125 if (xdb_commands)
15126 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15127 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
15128 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15129 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
15130
15131 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15132 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15133 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15134 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15135 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15136 &deletelist);
15137
15138 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15139 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
15140 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15141 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
15142 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
15143 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
15144 \n\
15145 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15146 is executing in.\n\
15147 \n\
15148 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15149 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15150
15151 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15152 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
15153 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15154 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15155
15156 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15157 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15158 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15159 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15160
15161 if (xdb_commands)
15162 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
15163
15164 if (dbx_commands)
15165 {
15166 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15167 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15168 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15169 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15170 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15171 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15172 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15173 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
15174 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15175 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15176 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15177 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15178 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15179 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15180 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15181 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15182 \n\
15183 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15184 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15185 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15186 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15187 breakpoint set."));
15188 }
15189
15190 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
15191 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15192 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15193 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15194 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15195 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15196 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15197 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15198 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15199 \n\
15200 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15201 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15202 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15203 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15204 breakpoint set."));
15205
15206 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15207
15208 if (xdb_commands)
15209 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
15210 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15211 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15212 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15213 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15214 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15215 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15216 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15217 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15218 \n\
15219 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15220 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15221 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15222 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15223 breakpoint set."));
15224
15225 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15226 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15227 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15228 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15229 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15230 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15231 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15232 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15233 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15234 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15235 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15236 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15237 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15238 \n\
15239 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15240 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15241 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15242 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15243 breakpoint set."),
15244 &maintenanceinfolist);
15245
15246 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15247 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15248 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15249 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15250
15251 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15252 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15253 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15254 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15255
15256 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
15257 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
15258 Catch an exception, when caught."),
15259 catch_catch_command,
15260 NULL,
15261 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15262 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15263 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
15264 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
15265 catch_throw_command,
15266 NULL,
15267 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15268 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15269 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15270 catch_fork_command_1,
15271 NULL,
15272 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15273 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15274 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15275 catch_fork_command_1,
15276 NULL,
15277 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15278 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15279 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15280 catch_exec_command_1,
15281 NULL,
15282 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15283 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15284 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15285 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15286 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15287 catch_load_command_1,
15288 NULL,
15289 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15290 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15291 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15292 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15293 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15294 catch_unload_command_1,
15295 NULL,
15296 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15297 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15298 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
15299 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
15300 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
15301 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
15302 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
15303 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
15304 catch_syscall_command_1,
15305 catch_syscall_completer,
15306 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15307 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15308
15309 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15310 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15311 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15312 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15313 an expression changes.\n\
15314 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15315 the memory to which it refers."));
15316 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15317
15318 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15319 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15320 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15321 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15322 an expression is read.\n\
15323 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15324 the memory to which it refers."));
15325 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15326
15327 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15328 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15329 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15330 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15331 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15332 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15333 the memory to which it refers."));
15334 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15335
15336 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
15337 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15338
15339 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15340 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15341 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15342 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15343 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15344 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15345 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15346 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15347 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15348 hardware.)"),
15349 NULL,
15350 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15351 &setlist, &showlist);
15352
15353 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15354
15355 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15356
15357 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15358 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
15359 \n"
15360 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15361 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15362 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15363
15364 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15365 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15366 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15367 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15368
15369 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15370 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
15371 \n"
15372 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15373 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15374 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15375
15376 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15377 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
15378 \n\
15379 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15380 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
15381 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
15382 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
15383 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
15384 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
15385 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
15386 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
15387 the selected stack frame.\n\
15388 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15389 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15390 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15391 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15392 \n\
15393 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15394 \n\
15395 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15396 conditions are different.\n\
15397 \n\
15398 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15399 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15400 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15401
15402 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
15403 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15404 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15405 last tracepoint set."));
15406
15407 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15408
15409 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15410 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15411 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15412 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15413 &deletelist);
15414
15415 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15416 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15417 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15418 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15419 &disablelist);
15420 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15421
15422 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15423 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15424 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15425 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15426 &enablelist);
15427 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
15428
15429 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
15430 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15431 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15432 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15433 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15434
15435 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
15436 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15437 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
15438 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15439
15440 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
15441 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15442 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15443 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15444 session to restore them."),
15445 &save_cmdlist);
15446 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15447
15448 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
15449 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15450 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15451 &save_cmdlist);
15452 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15453
15454 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
15455 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
15456
15457 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15458 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15459 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15460 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15461 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
15462 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
15463 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15464 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15465 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15466 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15467 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
15468 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
15469
15470 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
15471 &pending_break_support, _("\
15472 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15473 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15474 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15475 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15476 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15477 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15478 NULL,
15479 show_pending_break_support,
15480 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15481 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15482
15483 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
15484
15485 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
15486 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
15487 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15488 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15489 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15490 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15491 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15492 NULL,
15493 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
15494 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15495 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15496
15497 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
15498 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
15499 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15500 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15501 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
15502 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
15503 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
15504 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
15505 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
15506 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
15507 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
15508 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
15509 NULL,
15510 &show_always_inserted_mode,
15511 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15512 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15513
15514 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
15515 condition_evaluation_enums,
15516 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
15517 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15518 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15519 When this is set to \"gdb\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15520 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15521 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15522 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15523 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15524 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15525 be set to \"gdb\""),
15526 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
15527 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
15528 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15529 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15530
15531 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
15532 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15533 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15534 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15535 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15536 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15537 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15538 or the start of the range\n\
15539 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15540 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15541 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15542 \n\
15543 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15544 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15545 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15546
15547 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
15548
15549 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
15550 }